Skip to main content

Full text of "Notes on stable management in India and the colonies"

See other formats


ABLE  Management 


J.  A.  NUNN 


^    /  ^^ 


r^ 


misi3m:?jf^. 


TUFTS    UNIVERSITY    LIBRARIES 


3  9090  014  549  477 


VW«)Ster  Family  Llbr??'^'  ^^'''*®'*'*^ 

Cummings  Scho  '  ^fMedidnea 

200  Vw.-       -.Koad 
North  Grafton,  UA  01636 


Notes  on  Stable  Management. 


NOTES  ON 

STABLE  IANA6EIENT 

IN  INDIA  AND  THE  COLONIES. 


BY 

Vety.-Capt.  J.  A.  NUNN,  F.R.C.V.S.,  CLE,  D.S.O., 

ARMr   VETERINARY  DEPARTMENT, 
LATE    PBINCIPAL    LAHORE     VETKRINART    COLLEGE. 


SECOND   EDITION,  REVISED   AND   ENLARGED, 
WITH    A    GLOSSARY. 


LONDON: 
W.   THACKER  &  CO,   2,    CREED    LANE. 

CALCUTTA  :  THACKER,  SPINK  &  CO. 
1897. 

[All  rights  reserved.] 


\%'f<^ 


LONDON : 

FEINTED   BY  WILLIAM   CLOWES  AND   SONS,   LIMITED, 

STAMFORD  STREET  AND  CHARING  CROSS. 


PREFACE. 


The  first  edition  of  these  notes,  which  was  written 
in  India,  having  been  sold  out  in  a  much  shorter 
space  of  time  than  I  ever  anticipated  when  I  wrote 
it,  I  am  induced  to  offer  this  to  the  public.  The 
scope  of  the  original  pamphlet  has  been  adhered 
to,  and  all  that  is  aimed  at  is  to  give  the  new 
arrival  in  the  East  some  idea  as  to  the  management 
of  his  horses,  especially  those  who  are  setting  up 
a  stable  for  the  first  time.  The  first  edition  was 
written  in  India  for  Anglo-Indians,  who  are  familiar 
with  native  terms ;  but  to  this,  being  published  in 
England,  I  have  added  a  glossary  of  the  more 
ordinary  Hindustani  words  likely  to  be  of  use. 
The  spelling  of  these  will  be  probably  found  fault 
with  by  the  Oriental  scholar;  but  I  have  endea- 
voured to  bring  it  as  near  the  sound  as  possible, 
as  it  is  only  intended  for  persons  in  absolute 
ignorance  of  the  vernacular.  There  appearing  to 
be  a  demand  for  the  book  in  the  colonies,  at  the 
suggestion  of  the  publishers   I   have  added  a  few 


VI  PEEFACE. 

remarks  on  Australia  and  South  Africa.  The  entire 
work  has  been  rewritten,  and  the  matter  contained 
is  the  result  of  my  own  personal  observations  during 
eighteen  years'  service  in  India  and  the  colonies  at 
both  military  and  civil  duties. 

JOSHUA  A.  NUISTK 

London, 
March,  1897. 


PEEFACE  TO   THE   FIEST  EDITION. 

The  following  notes  on  Stable  Management  were 
originally  delivered  in  a  lecture  to  the  Officers,  Non- 
Commissioned  Officers,  and  Troopers  of  the  Punjab 
Liglit  Horse,  and  as  they  were  considered  by  the 
members  of  the  corps  to  be  useful,  at  their  request 
I  have  put  them  on  paper.  There  is  no  attempt  at 
anything  beyond  the  most  elementary  rudiments  of 
horse-keeping  in  India,  and  all  they  are  intended 
for  is  to  give  volunteers  of  mounted  corps,  who  have 
not  previously  owned  horses,  some  slight  idea  as  to 
what  should  be  done  for  the  care  of  their  chargers, 
and  not  leave  them  entirely  in  the  hands  of  native 
syces  and  horse-keepers. 

JOSHUA  A.  NUNN. 

Lahore, 

December,  189.'"). 


CONTENTS. 


Food, 


PAGE 

PAGE 

Gram 

1 

Hay 

.     29 

Barley     . 

.       6 

Green  Food      . 

.     32 

Bran 

.       7 

Green  Gram 

.     33 

Brail  Mash 

1) 

Carrots    . 

.     34 

Oats 

.       9 

Lucerne  . 

.     34 

Maize 

.     11 

Guinea  Grass 

.     38 

Wheat     . 

.     13 

Sugar  Cane 

.     38 

Rice 

.     14 

Turnips  . 

.     39 

Millet      . 

.     15 

Salt 

.     39 

Pulses     . 

.     15 

Tonics     . 

.     40 

Linseed  . 

.     16 

Horses  not  Fee 

diug  .         .     41 

Linseed  Cake 

.     17 

Damaged  Fooc 

.     42 

Black  Gram 

.     18 

Irregular  Teet^ 

1         .         .     42 

Preparation  of  Food 

.     18 

Young  Horses  Cutting  Teeth  44 

Horses  refusing  Foo 

i         .     19 

Quidding 

.     44 

Times  of  Feeding 

.     20 

Indigestion 

.     45 

Bolting  Food   . 

.     21 

Lampas   . 

.     45 

Spilling  Food  on  Gr 

ound  .     22 

Nose-bags 

.     46 

Grass 

.     22 

Mangers  . 

.     47 

Churrie   . 

.     25 

Worms    . 

.     48 

Bhoosa    . 

.     25 

Rubbing  the  T 

ail      .          .     49 

Bamboo  Leaves 

.     27 

Scouring 

.     49 

Oat  Hay  Forage 

.     28 

Wa 

rEK. 

Water      . 

.     51 

Watering  after 

a  Journey  .     64 

Times  of  Watering 

.     52 

Watering  Brid 

les      .         .     54 

Watering  Troughs 

.     53 

Leeches  . 

.     55 

Watering  on  a 

Jouri 

ley      .     53 

Wells       . 

.     66 

Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


Air  and  Ventilation. 


PAGE 

PAGE 

Stables  ....       58 

Sawdust 

64 

Chicks  . 

.       60 

Shavings 

65 

Stable  Floors 

.       61 

Sand      .... 

65 

Charcoal 

62 

Horses  eating  Bedding    . 

65 

Picketing 

.       62 

Exercise 

66 

Bedding 

.       63 

Grooming,  Stable  Gear,  etc. 

Heel  Ropes     ...       69 

Summer  Clothing    . 

84 

Head  Ropes    . 

72 

Eye  Fringes  . 

84 

Fetlock  Picketing 

73 

Fly  Whisks     . 

85 

Picketing  Posts 

73 

Cleaning  Horse  Clothing, 

Ringing 

74 

and   Storing  it  in   the 

Rheims 

75 

Summer 

85 

Knee-haltering 

75 

Numdahs 

86 

Shackles 

75 

Grooming 

87 

Picketing-pegs 

76 

Wisps  and  Grooming  Pads 

89 

Leading-ropes 

77 

Hand-rubbing 

90 

Brushes  and  Gear   . 

78 

Washing 

91 

Curry-combs  . 

78 

Uneven  Manes 

91 

Buckets 

79 

Hogged  Manes 

92 

Dusters 

79 

Ragged  Legs 

93 

Hoof-picker 

80 

Trimming  Tails 

94 

Clothing 

SO 

Clipping 

94 

Hoods    . 

81 

Cleaning  the  Sheath 

95 

Body-rollers 

82 

Lights  in  Stable      . 

96 

Bandages 

83 

Fires  in  Verandahs 

96 

Saddlery,  Harness,  Ca 

rriages  and  Servants. 

Saddles  and  Harness        .       97 

Harness 

99 

Saddle  Covers                   .       98 

Carriages 

100 

Bridles  ....       99 

Servants 

101 

Shoeing 

106 

Stable  Management 


FOOD. 

Gram  {chuanah). 
In  the  north  of  India  the  chief  food  on  which 
horses  are  fed  is  gram,  the  seed  of  one  of  the  pea 
tribe  of  plants.  It  is  a  crop  that  ripens  in  the 
beginning  of  the  summer,  when  it  is  harvested,  and 
the  grain  thrashed  out  by  driving  cattle  over  it  in 
a  circle.  The  dry  stalks,  that  are  broken  up  into 
small  pieces,  are  used  for  feeding  cattle  on,  and  are 
known  as  "missa  bhoosa,"  in  contradistinction  to 
the  stalks  of  the  wheat  when  submitted  to  the  same 
process,  and  which  is  known  as  "  suffaid,"  or  white 
bhoosa.  The  price  of  gram  varies  very  greatly, 
according  to  the  locality  and  season,  and  is  a  subject 
of  much  speculation  and  gambling  amongst  the 
native  community.  I  have  known  it  as  high  as 
7  seers  (14  lbs.  weight),  and  as  low  as  a  maund 
(80  lbs.  weight),  per  rupee.     It  also  varies  greatly  in 

B 


Z  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

quality,  depending  on  the  locality  in  which  it  is 
grown  and  the  conditions  under  which  it  has  been 
harvested,  and  is  by  native  grain-sellers  known 
as  first  and  second  class  gram.  Good  gram,  when 
a  small  quantity  is  taken  up  and  examined  in  the 
palm  of  the  hand,  should  be  free  from  sand,  dirt, 
small  pieces  of  stick,  straws,  or  other  sorts  of 
seeds ;  in  fact,  it  should,  what  is  known  in  the 
trade,  "  run  clean."  Each  individual  grain  should 
be  round  and  plump,  as  if  the  husk  was  well  filled. 
It  should  not  be  shrivelled  up  and  wrinkled,  and 
be  free  from  worm  or  weevil  marks,  which  can  be 
told  by  there  being  a  small  round  hole  in  it,  and 
the  grain,  when  cracked,  being  found  hollowed  out 
and  eaten  away.  Generally  the  weevil  (kirim) 
will  be  found  in  the  cavity,  but  if  not,  it  will  be 
full  of  a  fine  powder.  Weevil-eaten  gram  cannot  be 
mistaken,  and  denotes  that  the  grain  is  old,  and 
has  been  badly  stored.  In  most  samples  of  gram, 
unless  quite  new,  a  small  proportion  of  worm-eaten 
grains  will  be  found,  and  this  is  not  of  any  conse- 
quence ;  but  if  there  are  a  large  number,  there  will 
be  a  larger  proportion  of  husk  (which  has  no 
nourishing  properties)  than  grain,  and  a  larger 
quantity  will  have  to  be  given.  When  a  grain  of 
gram  is  crushed  between  the  teeth  it  should  impart 


FOOD.  3 

the  taste  of  a  dry  pea  in  the  mouth,  aud  be  devoid 
of  all  mustiness,  which  is  present  if  it  has  got  wet 
or  mouldy,  as  it  is  very  apt  to  do.  In  new  gram 
the  husk  at  the  point  is  of  a  slightly  greenish  shade, 
tliat  disappears  with  keeping.  It  is  generally 
supposed  that  new  gram  is  not  so  good  as  when 
it  is  a  few  months  old;  but  myself,  I  have  never 
seen  any  ill  effects  from  its  use.  The  only  thing 
to  be  careful  about  is  that  it  is  perfectly  ripe,  for 
natives  have  a  great  trick  of  cutting  and  plucking 
every  grain,  fruit,  and  \^egetable  before  they  have 
arrived  at  full  maturity.  Gram  should  be  crushed 
or  bruised,  not  (jround,  so  as  to  break  the  outer 
husk  and  allow  the  juices  of  the  stomach  to  act 
on  the  kernel.  It  should  be  crushed  or  bruised 
only,  as  if  ground  into  a  fine  powder  a  good  deal 
goes  to  waste.  It  is  sufficient  if  each  seed  is  so 
crushed  that  it  is  split  in  two.  Gram,  wheat,  and 
all  other  grains  in  the  East  are  ground  by  the 
women  of  the  family  between  two  stones,  one  of 
which  revolves  on  the  top  of  the  other  by  means 
of  a  wooden  handle  fixed  in  it.  To  crush  gram 
the  stones  require  to  be  sharper  set  than  if  they  are 
to  grind  any  other  grain  into  flour.  Gram  can  be 
got  ready  crushed  from  the  corn-dealer  (baniah) 
at  a  small   increased   charge  per  maund  (80  lbs.). 


4  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

or  what  I  generally  do  is  to  pay  my  Lead 
groom  (syce)  the  regular  bazaar  rate  (nirrick), 
and  get  the  women  of  his  family  to  crusli  it,  they 
providing  their  own  mill  (chuckie).  The  only 
disadvantage  of  this  plan  is  that  it  is  necessary 
to  weigh  the  grain  a  second  time  after  it  has  been 
crushed,  otherwise  it  will  be  short,  as  natives  eat 
it  themselves.  But  I  found  in  the  long  run  the 
syces  would  not  steal  it ;  natives  are  sharp  enough 
to  see  when  any  profit  can  be  made,  and  it  was 
not  to  their  advantage  to  give  back  short  weight. 
Excellent  gram-crushing  machines,  w^orking  witli 
liuted  rollers,  are  sold  by  several  firms  in  India, 
and  are  adjustable  so  as  to  take  any  grain.  They 
are  made  to  fit  into  a  box  for  travelling,  which, 
when  in  use,  forms  a  stand  for  the  crusher  to  work 
on.  They  are,  liowever,  somewhat  expensive,  and 
although  admirable  for  a  large  stud  of  horses,  are 
hardly  required  for  a  private  stable.  If,  however, 
expense  is  no  object,  they  are  certainly  prefer- 
able to  the  native  mill,  as  they  are  cleaner, 
bits  of  grit  not  coming  off  the  stone,  and  each 
individual  grain  being  crushed,  which  even  the 
best  native  mills '  will  not  do.  Crushed  grain  is 
much  quicker  digested  than  whole,  particularly  by 
old  horses  whose  teeth  are  not  in  good  order,  and 


FOOD.  5 

who  cannot  masticate  their  food  properly.  It  is  a 
common  mistake  to  give  too  much  gram  or  other 
grain,  there  being  a  prevailing  idea  that  the  more 
that  is  given  the  more  work  the  horse  will  do. 
There  is  no  greater  error ;  it  is  like  putting  more 
coal  into  the  furnace  of  an  engine  that  can  only 
consume  a  certain  amount ;  the  extra  quantity  only 
goes  to  waste,  and  upsets  the  digestive  functions  of 
tlie  stomach.  AVhat  is  required  is  a  judicious 
admixture  of  food  given  at  a  proper  time;  not  a 
large  quantity  improperly  given  of  an  improper 
quality.  Gram  should  be  given  in  the  proportion 
of  one  part  of  bran  to  tw^o  of  gram;  or  what  is 
better,  one  part  each  of  bran  (choker),  gram, 
and  parched  barley  (adarwah),  or  oats  (jai),  by 
weight.  These  can  be  purchased  separately  from 
the  corn-dealer  and  mixed  together,  and  thus 
cannot  be  eaten  by  any  of  the  servants,  like  pure 
gram  can  be.  If  the  horse  is  not  digesting  his 
food  properly,  whole  grains  will  be  found  in  his 
droppings  that  have  passed  through  the  bowels 
unaltered.  There  will  be  always  a  few^  of  these 
found,  especially  if  the  horse  is  getting  parched 
barley  or  oats,  as  the  husks  of  both  these  grains 
are  very  indigestible.  If  the  horse  begins  to 
get  thin,  and  fall  away  in  condition  as  well,  it  is 


6  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

then  time  to  take  some  measures  to  remedy  matters, 
otherwise  no  notice  ne^d  be  taken. 

Barley  (jow). 

In  many  parts  of  Northern  India,  especially  on 
the  Afghan  frontier,  whole,  uncrushed  barley  is 
used.  It  does  not  seem  to  hurt  country-breds,  but 
with  old  animals  that  are  not  used  to  it,  and  par- 
ticularly Australians,  the  practice  is  dangerous. 
During  the  Afghan  War,  on  one  occasion  there  being 
no  other  grain  available,  whole  barley  was  supplied  to 
the  horses  of  the  battery  of  artillery  to  \7hich  I  then 
belonged.  A  number  of  them  were  attacked  with 
colic,  and  several  died  from  the  irritation  caused  by 
the  pointed  awns  or  ends  of  the  beards  to  the  bowels. 
No  doubt  horses,  and  particularly  young  ones,  will 
get  used  to  feeding  on  most  grains  if  the  change  is 
brought  about  gradually,  but  a  sudden  change  from 
any  one  to  another  is  dangerous.  At  the  best,  whole 
barley  is  not  an  economical  food.  The  husk  resists 
the  digestive  action  of  the  stomach  and  intestines, 
and  a  quantity  is  always  passed  out  of  the  body 
whole.  Barley  ought  certainly  always  to  be  crushed, 
or,  better  still,  parched,  and  turned  into  "  adarvvah." 
This  is  done  by  professional  grain  parchers  in  tlie 
bazaar ;  but  sometimes,  though  rarely,  some  of  the 


FOOD.  7 

women  of  the  servants'  families  can  do  it.  It  con- 
sists of  half  filling  a  wide  shallow  iron  pan  with 
sand,  and  placing  it  over  a  fire  till  nearly  red  hot. 
A  couple  of  handfuls  of  the  grain  is  then  thrown 
into  the  sand  with  a  peculiar  turn  of  the  wrist  which 
scatters  it  over  the  hot  surface,  about  which  it  is 
stirred  for  a  few  seconds  with  an  iron  spoon  or  small 
shovel  pierced  with  holes  like  a  fish-ladle.  The 
grain  is  partially  baked,  swells  up  and  becomes 
brittle,  the  husk  cracking,  when  it  is  scraped  up  and 
lifted  out  with  the  ladle,  the  sand  being  riddled 
through  back  into  the  pan.  A  good  parcher  will 
turn  out  a  "  maund  "  (80  lbs.)  in  a  wonderfully  short 
space  of  time,  the  whole  process  being  gone  through 
with  a  dexterity  only  acquired  by  long  practice.  In 
India  barley  usually  runs  very  light,  there  being  a 
great  deal  of  husk.  Boiled  barley  is  a  most  useful 
diet  for  a  sick  horse.  It  requires  well  boiling  for  at 
least  half  an  hour,  and  the  water  then  drained  off. 
I  have  known  horses  drink  this  barley-water  when 
they  won't  look  at  anything  else. 

Bran  (choTcer). 

In  most  of  the  large  stations  in  India  there  are 
flour-mills  in  which  wheat  is  ground  with  the  latest 
machinery,    and   when   obtained   from   them,   bran 


8  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

differs  but  little  from  what  is  seen  in  England; 
but  in  smaller  places  wheat  is  ground  by  native 
mills,  and  then  the  bran  is  not  so  clean.  When 
native-made  bran  is  run  over  the  hand,  it  will 
be  seen  that  there  is  a  large  amount  of  flour  in  it, 
which  adheres  to  the  skin  like  a  white  powder,  and 
which  makes  it  much  more  nourishing  than  the 
cleaner  prepared  article.  The  scales  also  of  native- 
made  bran  are  much  more  irregular  in  size  than  the 
European  manufactured  article.  Bran  should  have 
a  clean,  fresh  smell  about  it,  and  the  newer  it  is  the 
better  ;  if  kept  long  it  is  likely  to  get  mouldy.  This 
is  particularly  the  case  during  the  rainy  season,  when 
the  atmosphere  being  saturated  with  moisture,  a 
good  deal  is  absorbed  by  the  bran,  and  if  kept  in 
this  state  for  any  time  will  get  mouldy.  On  this 
account,  if  it  is  necessary  to  store  bran  during  the 
rainy  season,  it  should  be  kept  in  tin  boxes.  The 
inside  lining  of  old  packing  cases,  in  which  perishable 
goods  are  brought  out  from  England,  do  well  for 
this  purpose,  and  plenty  can  be  got  for  a  small  sum 
in  the  bazaar  shops ;  or,  if  not,  any  native  tinsmith 
will  make  a  box  out  of  old  kerosine  oil  tins  for  a 
small  sum. 


FOOD.  9 

Bran  Mash. 

It  is  a  good  plan,  particularly  in  warm  weather, 
in  any  country  to  give  horses  a  bran  mash  once  a 
week,  and  if  one  particular  evening  is  fixed  upon, 
syces  get  into  the  habit  of  giving  it  regularly 
without  special  orders.  I  generally  used  to  give  a 
standing  order  to  give  it  on  Saturday  night,  for,  as  a 
rule,  the  horses  are  not  required  on  Sunday.  Bran 
1ms  a  slightly  relaxing  effect,  that  in  warm  climates 
is  particularly  beneficial.  Bran  mash  is  made  by 
simply  putting  the  necessary  quantity  of  bran  into  a 
bucket,  pouring  boiling  water  gradually  on  to  it,  at 
the  same  time  stirring  it  round  with  a  stick  until 
the  whole  is  moist  and  mixed  together.  The  bran 
should  only  be  damped  sufficiently  to  make  it  stick 
together,  and  should  not  be  sloppy  and  wet.  Some 
horses  at  first  will  not  eat  bran,  but  they  can  be 
tempted  to  by  mixing  a  handful  of  whatever  grain 
they  have  been  used  to  with  it. 

Oats  ijai). 
Oats  are  now  largely  grow^i  over  the  Punjab, 
Northern  India,  and  in  Tirhoot,  and  are  sold  at 
nearly  the  same  price  as  barley.  In  the  seaport 
towns  Australian  oats  can  usually  be  obtained ;  and 
as  good  oats  are  grown  in  the-  colonies  as  any  part 


10  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

of  tlie  world.  They  are  more  expensive  than  the 
native  article,  and  are  generally  only  used  for  train- 
ing race-horses  on.  The  Indian  oat,  compared  with 
the  English,  Australian,  or  South  African,  is  a  poor 
article,  running  very  light,  with  a  great  amount  of 
husk ;  but  if  properly  crushed,  and  mixed  with  gram 
and  bran  in  proportions  of  one  part  of  each,  they  are 
greatly  superior  to  barley.  The  oat  in  India  is  a 
winter  crop,  and  is  harvested  in  the  spring.  Both 
colonial  and  Indian  oats  are  always  white.  I  have 
never  seen  the  black  or  tawny  variety  wliich  is  so 
common  in  Ireland.  A  demand  having  arisen  for 
them  by  Europeans,  it  is  sometimes  possible  in 
Northern  India  to  buy  them  in  the  bazaar;  but 
generally  it  is  necessary  to  make  a  special  arrange- 
ment with  the  grower,  as  natives  do  not  use  them 
as  a  feeding  grain  for  their  own  animals.  They 
grow  the  crop  round  the  wells,  and  cut  it  green  in 
the  straw  as  forage  for  the  w^ell  and  plough  bullocks 
in  the  spring,  when  they  are  working  hard.  Arrange- 
ments can  generally  be  made  with  the  cultivator  to 
purchase  so  much  from  him  by  weight,  thrashed  and 
delivered  at  your  own  stable,  or  else  to  purchase  so 
many  acres  of  the  standing  crop  as  it  is  growing ;  but 
the  former  plan  is  the  most  satisfactory,  as  it  is 
astonishing  the  heavy  crop  that  will  be  produced ; 


FOOD.  11 

and,  on  the  contrary,  you  will  be  equally  astonished 
to  find  with  the  other  plan  how  light  it  is.  The 
negotiations  for  the  supply  of  oats  should  be  entered 
into  in  good  time  in  the  spring — say  about  the 
beginning  of  March — as  it  is  astonishing  how  slow 
such  matters  progress  in  the  East,  and  they  had 
better  be  left  in  the  hands  of  your  head  syce,  No 
doubt  you  will  be  cheated  out  of  a  small  amount, 
but  you  must  make  up  your  mind  for  this  before 
arriving  in  the  East ;  but  you  will  have  the  satis- 
faction of  knowing  that  if  you  tried  to  carry  on 
negotiations  yourself  you  would  be  cheated  out  of 
more.  I  have  tried  both  plans,  and  found  that  the 
syce  could  drive  a  better  bargain  for  both  of  us 
than  when  I  attempted  to  deal  direct  with  tlie 
cultivator. 

Maize  {malckai). 

Although  grown  all  over  India,  maize  is  not 
much  used  for  feeding  horses ;  but  in  South  Africa, 
where  it  is  known  as  "mealies,"  it  is  the  staple 
food  grain  for  both  man  and  beast.  In  India 
it  is  said  to  make  horses  fat  and  soft,  but  no 
animal  in  the  world  does  harder  work  than  a  South 
African  post-cart  horse.  In  all  probability  the 
reason  thev  do  well  on  maize  is  that  in  the  oat-hay 


12  STABLE  MANAGEBIENT. 

forage  they  get  there  is  a  considerable  quantity  of 
grain ;  and  although  I  have  never  seen  it  used,  the 
experiment  of  feeding  on  oats  and  maize  would  be 
worth  while  trying  in  India.  In  South  Africa  maize 
is  usually  given  whole,  but  in  any  of  the  towns  it 
can  be  obtained  crushed,  and  it  is  better  to  give  it 
in  this  state.  During  the  Afghan  War  maize  was 
plentiful  in  some  parts  of  the  country,  and  I  gave 
it  to  some  of  the  horses  that  I  had  charge  of.  I 
liad  it  parched  on  hot  sand,  in  the  same  way 
as  barley  (adarwah)  is  parched,  making  it  into 
American  pop-corn.  With  certain  somewhat  thin 
and  debilitated  animals  it  had  a  marked  effect  in 
getting  flesh  on  them,  and  all  horses  eat  it  greedily. 
In  India  maize  is  a  summer  crop,  ripening  in  the 
autumn,  when  the  ears  or  cobs  are  picked  off  the 
stalks.  It  is  stored  in  the  cob,  and  the  individual 
grains  knocked  off  as  required  b}^  rapping  them 
against  a  stick ;  but  they  must  be  turned  over  in  the 
heap  occasionally,  as  rats  and  mice  are  likely  to 
cause  damage,  particularly  the  musk  rat,  that  taints 
everything  it  comes  into  contact  with.  Horses  have 
frequently  been  brought  to  me,  said  to  be  off  their 
feed,  and  on  inquiry  I  have  found  this  only  to  be 
caused  by  the  grain  being  tainted  by  musk  rats, 
and  that  when  a  clean  feed  is  offered  to  tliem  they 


FOOD.  13 

devour  it  ravenously.  There  are  in  South  Africa 
and  America  a  number  of  varieties  of  maize,  but  in 
India  I  only  know  of  two  sorts,  in  one  of  which  the 
seeds  are  white  and  the  other  yellow,  or  a  deep  red 
colour,  I  don't  think  that  there  is  nmch  difference 
in  them  as  far  as  horse  food  goes,  but  each  individual 
grain  should  be  plump,  and  fill  out  the  luisk  well ; 
they  should  be  free  from  weevils,  worms,  or  the 
marks  of  attacks  from  rats  and  mice.  The  liusk 
should  be  well  filled  out,  and  have  a  shining, 
pearl-like,  glistening  appearance,  and  when  let 
fall  on  a  stone  or  other  hard  substance  give  off  a 
metallic  sound.  When  broken  open,  the  grain  inside 
sliould  be  of  a  pure  white  colour,  and  of  a  pleasant, 
mealy  smell,  like  fresh  flour.  If  it  is  discoloured, 
it  denotes  that  it  has  been  wet  and  fermented. 
Maize  can  be  crushed  by  most  grain-crushing 
machines,  also  in  the  native  mill  (chuckle)  if  the 
stones  are  properly  set ;  but  both  in  South  Africa  and 
India  the  natives  pound  it  in  a  large  wooden  mortar 
made  out  of  the  trunk  of  a  tree. 

Wheat  {fjhehmi). 

Although  it  is  not  to  be  recommended  as  a  food, 
still  I  have  seen  wheat  used  when  no  other  grain 
could   be   obtained,  and  it  was   a   choice   of  it  or 


14  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

nothing  at  all ;  and  in  parts  of  Australia,  and,  I 
believe,  America,  it  is  regularly  used  as  a  horse  food. 
It  is  commonly  supposed  that  wheat  is  almost  a 
rank  poison  to  horses,  and  will  cause  fever  in  the 
feet ;  and  no  doubt  with  stabled  animals  in  England 
it  will  do  so,  especially  as  the  majority  of  cases  of 
this  nature  are  from  accidents — horses  getting  loose 
and  gorging  themselves  with  wheat  during  the  night, 
or  when  unobserved.  With  animals  standing  out  in 
the  open  and  working  hard,  as  they  do  in  India  and 
the  colonies,  it  is  not  so  dangerous.  I  should  not 
suddenly  change  a  horse's  feed  from  oats  or  gram 
to  a  full  ration  of  wheat ;  but  when  nothing  else  can 
be  got,  it  can  be  given  in  a  small  quantity  without 
much  fear  of  danger ;  but  as  soon  as  any  other  grain 
could  be  obtained,  it  should  be  used. 

Rice  (dhan). 

In  Eastern  Bengal  and  Assam  horses  are  fed  on 
unhusked  rice  and  will  do  well  on  it.  During 
the  expedition  into  the  Lushai  Hills  in  1879-80, 
in  many  places  nothing  else  could  be  got  to  feed 
the  transport  mules  on.  Gram  is  not  grown  in 
that  part  of  the  country,  and  what  little  there  is 
has  to  be  imported,  and  is  at  a  prohibitive  price.  I 
found  that  animals  did  well  enough  on  an  equal 


FOOD.  15 

mixture  of  gram  and  rice,  although  at  first  some  of 
them  refused  it.  In  Japan  rice  is  the  only  grain 
horses  get,  and  the  pack  ponies  of  that  country  are 
liardy  beasts,  and  appear  to  Avork  well  on  it.  If  the 
rice  can  be  crushed,  it  is  all  the  better  ;  and  in  Bengal 
and  Assam  there  is  no  difficulty  in  getting  this  done, 
as  it  is  the  food  of  the  people,  and  they  grind  it  for 
their  own  use. 

Millet  (bajara). 

The  various  millets,  known  in  Soutli  Africa  as 
"  Kaffir-corn,"  are  not  often  used  in  India  as  horse 
food,  but  in  the  Cape  it  sometimes  is.  In  India 
the  millet  is  a  summer  crop  harvested  in  the 
autumn.  The  seeds  are  small,  and  of  a  dark  or 
greyish  colour.  It  requires  to  be  crushed  before  use, 
as  the  husk  is  very  hard. 

Pulses  (dhcd). 

The  various  species  of  pulse  grains  enter  largely 
into  the  food  of  the  natives  of  India.  Two,  known 
as  "  mung "  and  "  mote,"  or  "  moat,"  are  excellent 
for  getting  flesh  on  thin,  debilitated  animals. 
They  are  both  small  oblong  seeds  of  an  olive  green 
colour,  with  a  very  hard  husk,  and  can  be  obtained 
in   any   bazaar.      I  prefer  the  mote  to  the  mung. 


16  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

They  both  require  to  be  well  boiled  to  the  con- 
sistency of  a  jelly  before  use,  and  then  being  well 
mixed  in  with  the  food,  about  a  pound  in  weight  of 
the  raw  seed  being  enough  for  each  feed,  so  that  the 
horse  gets  three  pounds  daily,  a  corresponding 
quantity  of  the  other  grain  being  withdrawn.  I 
have  seen  most  excellent  results  in  weak  animals 
recovering  from  a  debilitating  illness  from  its  use, 
but  great  care  must  be  taken  that  it  is  boiled 
properly. 

Linseed  {uUie). 

Linseed  can  be  obtained  all  over  India.  In  fact, 
a  good  deal  of  what  is  on  the  English  market 
comes  from  the  East.  Under  certain  conditions  it 
is  useful  in  putting  on  flesh,  and  as  a  diet  for  con- 
valescents ;  but  care  must  be  exercised  in  its  use,  as 
it  contains  a  great  deal  of  oil,  and  in  cases  of  sick- 
ness with  liver  complications,  which  are  common  in 
a  hot  climate,  especially  in  English  and  Australian 
horses,  it  is  to  be  avoided.  It  has  to  be  boiled  to  a 
jelly  before  use,  or,  better  still,  soak  it  in  cold  water 
for  some  hours  until  soft,  and  then  boil  it.  In  the 
hot  weather,  however,  I  ]3refer  to  use  either  the 
"  mote  "  or  "  mung  "  to  linseed. 


FOOD.  17 

Linseed  Cake  (rlml  or  Ichal). 
Linseed  cake  can  be  obtained  in  nearly  every 
large  town,  and  is  the  residue  left  after  the  oil 
is  expressed;  but  as  this  process  is  imperfectly 
performed,  a  good  deal  of  oil  is  left — much  more 
than  in  the  steam-pressed  English  cake.  It  is 
sold  by  the  "  seer  "  (2  lbs.  weight),  but  in  irregular 
lumps,  not  moulded  into  cakes  as  in  Europe.  Care 
must  be  taken  in  buying  it,  as  it  is  very  likely 
to  be  musty,  and  adulterated  with  mustard  or  rape 
seed.  Both  these  can  be  easily  detected  by  the 
taste  or  smell,  leaving  a  pungent  odour  and  a  sharp 
burning  taste  behind.  The  best  plan  is  to  crush  a 
small  quantity  of  the  cake  and  drop  it  into  some 
boiling  water,  when  the  sharp  smell  and  taste  cha- 
racteristic of  the  mustard  and  rape  oil  will  be  given 
off.  A  small  quantity  of  linseed  cake  in  the  food 
will  fatten  horses  tremendously,  but  makes  them 
soft  in  condition.  It  is  one  of  the  articles  used  by 
native  dealers  to  fatten  horses  for  sale,  and  at  this 
they  are  most  expert.  When  crushed  it  can  be 
mixed  with  the  food,  or  boiled  to  make  linseed  tea 
for  sick  horses ;  and  for  this  latter  purpose  I  prefer 
it  to  linseed,  as  there  is  less  oil  in  it,  the  smell  of 
which  sometimes  nauseates  an  animal  and  causes 
him  to  refuse  it. 

c 


18  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Black  Gram  (cool fee). 

In  the  Madras  Presidency  and  Sontliern  India 
black  gram  is  used,  the  Bengal  white  gram  not 
being  grown  there.  This  has  to  be  boiled  before  use. 
Military  horses  are  fed  on  it,  but  it  is  said  that  it 
makes  them  soft.  I  have,  however,  no  personal 
experience  of  black  gram. 

Preparation  of  Food. 

In  India  it  is  the  custom  to  damp  the  food  before 
it  is  given.  It  should  not  be  saturated  so  as  to  turn 
it  into  a  sloppy  paste,  but  just  damped  sufficiently 
to  make  the  particles  stick  together.  Grooms 
(syces)  generally  deal  out  each  feed  into  a  bucket 
dry  from  the  corn-bin,  and  then  damp  it ;  but  a 
better  plan  is  to  weigh  out  the  whole  of  the  amount 
required  for  all  the  horses,  and  put  it  into  a  wide- 
mouthed  earthen  bowl  called  a  "naund,"  that  can 
be  purchased  for  a  few  pence,  or  a  box,  such  as  an 
old  wine  case,  and  damp  the  whole  amount  together, 
then  portioning  it  out  for  each  animal.  The  reason 
of  this  is  that,  if  the  grain  is  damped  in  the  buckets, 
they  are  at  once  taken  away,  and,  the  probabilities 
are,  never  cleaned ;  but  if  they  have  to  be  brought 
forward  for  each  feed  to  be  put  into  them,  and  the 
owner  takes  the  trouble  now  and  again  to  inspect 


FOOD.  19 

them,  "  syces,"  who  are  creatures  of  habit,  get  into 
the  way  of  cleaning  them  before  they  bring  them 
forward.  The  box,  or  naund,  in  which  the  grain 
is  damped  being  stationary,  can  be  looked  at  any 
time.  It  is  necessary  to  be  very  careful  about 
this,  as  the  particles  of  food  left  very  quickly  fer- 
ment in  a  hot  climate,  and  get  sour,  and  quickly 
taint  all  the  rest.  As  a  rule,  about  ten  minutes 
is  long  enough  to  damp  grain;  and  this  should 
be  done  as  soon  before  feeding  as  possible,  other- 
wise, if  left  long  standing,  it  will  get  sour.  If  a 
horse  refuses  his  feed,  it  should  be  at  once  thrown 
away,  and  on  no  account  be  kept  till  the  next  meal, 
by  which  time  it  is  pretty  certain  to  have  fermented. 

Horses  refusing  Food. 

Some  horses  are  delicate  feeders  naturally,  and 
take  a  long  time  in  eating,  or  refuse  their  food 
altogether.  In  the  case  of  a  delicate  or  slow  feeder, 
the  food  should  be  given  in  small  quantities  and 
often,  rather  than  in  the  usual  somewhat  rather 
large  feeds  three  times  a  day ;  and  the  horse  should 
be  fed  by  himself.  This  is  easily  done  in  India,  as 
nearly  all  stables  are  loose  boxes ;  but  if  the  animal 
is  picketed  out  with  others  that  are  likely  to  teaze 
him,  he  should  be  taken  away  and  fed  out  of  a 


20  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

bucket  in  the  "  compound "  (garden  or  enclosure 
round  the  house).  "  Syces,"  like  all  natives  of  India, 
have  no  idea  of  the  value  of  time;  and  if  he 
has  his  ''hooka"  (pipe),  and  a  friend  to  talk  to 
about  the  price  of  food-stuffs,  rates  of  wages,  and 
other  such-like  interesting  bazaar  topics,  he  is  per- 
fectly content  to  sit  holding  the  bucket  before  the 
horse  all  day  long,  if  necessary.  If  the  animal 
refuses  his  food  altogether,  then  it  should  be  taken 
away,  for  if  left  standing  in  front  of  him  he  breathes 
on  it,  and  if  it  remains  any  considerable  time  it 
becomes  sour  and  fermented,  and  he  gets  disgusted 
with  it;  whereas,  if  taken  away  and  nothing  more 
given  till  next  feeding-time,  the  appetite  often  re- 
turns, and  the  food  is  consumed  with  a  relish; 
especially  in  the  warm  weather,  if  he  is  first  led  out 
and  exercised,  or  picketed  out  under  a  tree.  On  no 
account  should  the  feed  that  has  been  refused  be 
kept  over  till  the  next  feeding-time;  a  fresh  one 
should  be  prepared,  as  in  a  hot  climate  wet  grain 
ferments  and  turns  sour  in  a  very  short  space  of 
time. 

Times  of  Feeding. 

The  stomach  of  the  horse  is  very  small  in  pro- 
portion to  the  size  of  his  body,  and  he  requires  to 


FOOD.  21 

be  fed  often,  and  in  small  quantities.  In  England 
hunters  are  fed  four,  or  even  five,  times  a  day.  In 
India  it  is  the  usual  custom  to  feed  three  times, 
and  perhaps  it  is  often  enough.  In  all  military 
stations  a  gun  is  fired  at  noon,  and  the  midday  feed 
is  given  at  that  hour ;  but  the  morning  and  evening 
one  varies  with  the  season  of  the  year.  I  usually 
give  only  half  a  feed  in  the  evening  about  five 
o'clock,  and  the  remainder  the  last  thing  at  night, 
about  eight  or  nine,  according  to  the  season  of  the 
year ;  but,  unless  carefully  watched,  "  syces  "  will 
not  do  this,  as  it  is  the  custom  only  to  feed  three 
times  daily,  and  "  dastour  "(custom)  is  a  thing  it  is 
impossible  to  make  a  native  break  through. 

Bolting  Food. 

Some  horses  have  a  trick  of  bolting  their  food 
without  masticating  it  properly,  especially  if  another 
is  being  fed  in  their  company.  It  is  a  good  plan  to 
feed  such  horses  apart  from  any  others,  which  can 
easily  be  done  in  an  Indian  stable,  as  they  are  all 
loose  boxes,  or,  if  picketed  out  in  the  open,  by 
moving  him  a  short  distance  away  from  the  others. 
A  small  quantity  of  chaff,  grass,  straw,  or  what 
is  known  as  "  bhoosa,"  which  is  wheat  straw  that  is 
crushed  and  broken  into  small  pieces  in  the  process 


22  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

of  treading  out  the  grain  by  bullocks,  mked  in 
with  the  feed,  will  usually  make  them  masticate 
it  properly. 

Spilling  Food  on  Ground. 

Horses  have  also  a  trick  sometimes  of  throwing 
their  food  out  of  the  bucket  or  manger,  and  spilling 
a  quantity  on  the  ground.  Not  only  is  a  large 
amount  wasted,  but  when  the  animal  has  finished 
what  is  left,  and  tries  at  his  leisure  to  gather  up 
what  is  on  the  ground,  he  eats  a  large  amount  of 
earth  and  dirt  with  it,  which  is  injurious.  The  best 
way  I  know  to  prevent  this  is  to  feed  the  horse 
on  a  cloth  on  the  ground;  any  bit  of  old  sacking 
about  four  feet  square  will  answer  for  the  purpose. 

Grass. 

In  India  hay  is  not  often  seen,  and  horses  are  fed 
on  grass;  even  race-horses  are  trained  on  it.  This 
may  at  first  sound  strange,  but  Indian  grass  is  very 
different  to  English  meadow  grass,  and  chiefly  con- 
sists of  the  roots  and  runners,  the  actual  blade  of 
grass  not  being  more  than  about  an  inch  long.  The 
best  grass  is  what  is  known  as  "dhoob."  It  is  a 
short  grass,  with  long  roots  and  suckers,  which  is 
dug  up  out  of  the  ground  with  a  short  iron  hoe  or 


FOOD.  23 

trowel,  called  a  ''  kurpa,"  which  is  used  with  a  scrap- 
ing motion  of  the  hand,  the  process  being  called 
"  cheeling."  A  considerable  quantity  of  earth  is 
taken  up  with  it,  which  ought  to  be  knocked  off 
against  the  hoe ;  but  as  the  grass  is  sold  by  weight, 
and  the  usual  quantity  a  private  "  grass-cutter "  is 
supposed  to  bring  in  daily  is  20  seers  (40  lbs.  weight), 
it  is  not  to  his  advantage  to  clean  it.  If  horses  eat 
dirty  grass  for  any  length  of  time,  the  sand  and  dirt, 
besides  damaging  the  teeth,  is  likely  to  accumulate 
in  the  intestines  and  give  rise  to  what  is  known  as 
sand  colic.  When  the  "  grass-cutter  "  brings  in  his 
bundle  of  grass  that  he  has  collected,  which  he 
generally  does  at  midday,  it  should  be  spread  out 
and  cleaned ;  sticks  and  thorns  should  be  picked 
out,  as  they  are  likely  to  lodge  in  the  horse's  throat 
and  choke  him,  and  it  should  be  well  beaten 
with  a  stick  to  get  rid  of  the  sand  and  dirt.  A  good 
plan  is  to  fasten  a  net  between  the  wooden  frame- 
work of  a  "charpoy,"  or  native  bedstead,  lay  the 
grass  on  it,  and  beat  it  there  with  a  stick,  and  it  is 
surprising  what  a  quantity  of  rubbish  will  fall 
through.  An  old  lawn  tennis  net,  if  the  meshes 
are  not  too  big,  answers  well  for  this  purpose.  Grass- 
cutters  are  fond  of  wetting  the  grass  to  make  it 
weigh.     If  it  is  brought  in  fresh,  and  damped  with 


24  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

clean  water  beyond  the  actual  loss  in  weight,  I  do 
not  know  that  it  does  much  harm ;  but  it  is  exceed- 
ingly likely  that  the  water  has  been  obtained  from 
some  stagnant  dirty  puddle,  and  the  bundle  has  been 
left  standing  for  some  time  so  that  fermentation  has 
set  in,  giving  it  an  unpleasant  smell.  It  is  therefore 
best  to  have  the  bundles  at  once  opened  out  and 
spread  in  the  sun  to  dry  as  soon  as  they  are  brought 
in,  and  not  allow  the  "  grass-cutters  "  to  take  them 
away  to  their  own  houses.  In  parts  of  the  foot  hills 
of  the  Himalayas  ("  hurriarie,"  or  "  hurrialie  '*)  grass 
is  obtained.  It  is  not  found  in  the  plains,  or  in  the 
very  high  mountains  where  it  is  cold.  It  is  a  long 
grass,  running  to  about  three  feet  high,  and  is  cut 
with  a  curved  sickle.  When  young  and  green  it 
is  a  capital  fodder  grass ;  but  when  the  seed  is  shed, 
and  it  gets  dry,  it  is  unfit  for  any  other  purpose  than 
bedding,  as  the  stalks  get  very  hard  and  brittle,  and 
so  dry  that  there  is  little  or  no  nourishment  in  it. 
It  should  not  then  be  allowed  into  the  stable  for  any 
other  purpose  than  bedding ;  but  being  much  easier 
to  collect  than  **  dhoob  "  grass,  the  "  grass-cutters  " 
will  bring  it  as  long  as  they  arc  allowed  to,  even 
when  it  resembles  nothing  more  than  a  bundle  of 
sticks.  I  have  frequently  heard  owners  of  horses  in 
the  hills  complain  of  their  animals  getting  thin  and 


FOOD.  25 

out  of  condition,  the  cause  of  which  on  inquiry  was 
simply  due  to  the  bad  dry  hurrialie  grass  that 
was  brought  for  them  to  eat. 

Churrie. 

This  is  the  dried  stalk  of  one  of  the  shorgum 
tribe  of  plants,  which  is  also  known  as  the  Chinese 
sugar-cane.  It  is  a  summer  crop  cut  in  the  autumn. 
It  grows  to  five  or  six  feet  high,  and  is  cut  and 
stored  by  the  natives  as  a  fodder  for  the  cattle.  It 
would  to  the  new-comer  appear  to  be  a  most  un- 
suitable article  of  food,  but  is  full  of  saccharine 
matter,  tasting  quite  sweet  when  chewed  in  the 
mouth,  so  much  so  that  in  parts  a  rough  sugar  is 
extracted  from  it,  but  to  look  at  is  like  a  bundle  of 
dried  reeds.  Animals  of  all  sorts  are  very  fond  of 
it,  and  I  have  frequently  fed  my  horses  on  it  for 
days  together  in  out-of-the-way  places  where  no 
grass  was  to  be  obtained.  It  is  not  used  as  a  regular 
horse  fodder,  but  it  does  wxll  for  it  on  a  pinch. 

Bhoosa. 

In  the  East  all  grain  is  threshed  out  by  the 
primitive  process  of  putting  it  in  a  circle  and 
driving  bullocks  round  on  it,  and  in  this  process  the 
grain  is  trodden  out  of  the  ear,  the  straw  being  split 


26  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

and  broken  up  by  the  animals'  feet  into  small  frag- 
ments from  one-eighth  to  two  or  three  inches  in 
length,  which  is  called  "  bhoosa."  This  is  the  staple 
food  of  the  working  cattle,  and  is  also  used  for  horses. 
It  is  a  most  important  item  of  the  crop,  and  in  the 
rural  economy  of  an  Indian  village  almost  as  much 
is  thought  of  it  as  the  grain  itself.  Wheat  and 
barley  straw  makes  what  is  called  "  white  bhoosa," 
and  gram  and  the  various  pulses  "missa  bhoosa." 
Both  these  can  be  used  as  horse  food ;  in  fact,  on  the 
Afghan  frontier  they  get  nothing  else,  and  many 
natives  feed  their  animals  entirely  on  it,  never  giving 
them  grass ;  but  although  they  will  eat  it,  and  for  a 
time  keep  condition,  it  is  not  to  be  recommended. 
If  it  has  to  be  used,  and  it  is  possible  to  obtain 
any  grass,  they  should  be  mixed  together.  A  small 
quantity  of  "bhoosa"  mixed  in  the  feed  will  make  a 
greedy  feeder  masticate  it.  "  AVhite  bhoosa  "  looks 
like  badly  chopped  straw-chaff.  "Missa  bhoosa"  is  of 
a  dark  colour,  the  particles  not  being  straight-like 
sticks,  but  bent  about,  and  frequently  there  are  a 
quantity  of  the  leaves  of  the  plant  mixed  with  it. 
Care  should  be  taken  that  both  sorts  are  not  mouldy, 
which  is  very  apt  to  be  the  case,  as  the  native  farmers 
store  it  in  large  quantities  during  the  winter,  and 
when  the  new  crop  comes  on,  if  there  is  any  of  last 


FOOD.  27 

year's  left,  it  is  what  they  try  and  sell.  Being  stacked 
in  the  open,  it  is  exceedingly  likely  to  get  damaged 
by  the  rain.  "  Bhoosa  "  should  have  a  clean,  fresh 
smell  like  sweet  straw,  not  be  discoloured  or  have 
any  patches  of  mould  about  it,  and  be  free  from  im- 
purities such  as  sticks,  thorns,  or  pieces  of  mud  or 
stones. 

Bamboo  Leaves  (bans). 

In  Eastern  Bengal,  Assam,  and  parts  of  Burma, 
the  green  leaves  and  young  shoots  of  the  bamboo 
are  used  for  forage.  During  the  Chin-Lushai  Ex- 
pedition in  1889-90,  the  animals  with  the  force 
got  nothing  else  for  nearly  eight  months.  I 
had  three  ponies  of  my  own  that  w^ere  worked 
moderately  hard  the  whole  time,  and  they  remained 
in  good  condition.  The  transport  mules,  which  were 
worked  very  hard  indeed  in  a  very  trying  climate, 
did  not  fall  away  nearly  as  much  as  I  expected. 
The  young  shoots  and  leaves  are  cut  with  a  sort  of 
a  billhook,  called  a  "  dah,"  and  care  must  be  taken 
that  only  the  young  green  leaves  and  soft  tender 
shoots  are  given,  the  old  leaves  and  the  edges  of  the 
dry  stumps  of  the  bamboo  cutting  like  a  razor.  I 
have  seen  some  bad  wounds  on  the  lips,  tongue,  and 
angles  of  the  mouth  from  this  cause.     It  is  best 


28  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

to  make  the  "  syces  "  and  "  grass-cutters  '*  pluck  the 
leaves  off  the  branches  altogether,  and  not  leave 
them  about  the  stable,  for  fear  of  wounding  the 
horses.  This  they  will  readily  do,  as  they  use  the 
debris  for  fuel.  I  have  seen  some  bad  cuts  and 
injuries  in  both  men  and  animals  from  the  edges  of 
the  split  bamboo,  which  are  very  sharp — so  much  so 
that  the  savage  tribes  on  the  eastern  frontier  use  a 
properly  split  piece  of  bamboo  for  a  knife  in  skinning 
animals  ;  and  the  sap  of  the  green  bamboo  appears 
to  have  a  peculiarly  irritating  or  poisonous  action, 
a  wound  caused  by  it  festering  and  suppurating  in 
both  man  and  beast,  whereas  one  inflicted  with  a 
dry  bamboo  will  heal  up  healthy.  Horses  require 
a  larger  amount  of  bamboo  leaves  than  grass.  If  an 
animal  is  getting  20  lbs.  of  green  ''dhoob  "  grass  daily, 
he  will  require  30  lbs.  of  bamboo  leaves  to  keep  him 
in  condition.  Although  at  first  horses  may  refuse 
them,  they  take  to  them  kindly  after  a  little  while. 

Oat  Hay  Forage. 

In  the  South  African  colonies  grass  hay  is  almost 
unknown.  The  oat  is  cut  when  about  half  ripe, 
dried,  and  given  in  the  straw,  in  which  condition  it 
is  known  as  forage,  and  is  excellent  feeding.  It  is 
usually  sold  in  bundles,  wholesale  at  so  much  per 


FOOD.  29 

hundred,  and  retail  at  hotels  and  livery  stables  at 
so  many  bundles  for  a  shilling.  Some  years  ago, 
when  I  was  travelling  in  the  Dutch  part  of  South 
Africa,  in  the  more  out-of-the-way  parts  of  which 
there  are  no  hotels,  it  was  the  custom  to  ask  the 
owner  of  the  farmhouse  where  you  arrived  per- 
mission to  "  off-saddle  "  if  you  were  riding,  or  "  out- 
span  "  if  driving,  for  the  night  or  a  couple  of  hours, 
as  the  case  might  be.  This  was  a  roundabout  way 
of  asking  if  he  could  put  you  and  your  animals  up 
for  the  night.  When  leaving  in  the  morning,  it 
would  have  been  a  great  breach  of  good  manners  to 
ask  for  your  bill,  but  you  inquired  what  you  were 
indebted  to  his  head-boy  for  the  forage  your  horses 
had  consumed — a  polite  way  of  asking  for  your 
account ;  the  number  of  bundles  per  shilling  varying 
according  to  the  time  you  remained,  and  the  accom- 
modation you  had  received ;  but,  notwithstanding 
this  fiction,  I  did  not,  as  a  rule,  find  the  total  any 
less  than  in  a  regular  hotel  where  you  get  your  bill. 

Hay. 

Hay,  as  is  known  in  Europe  and  Australia,  is 
never  seen  in  India.  In  some  parts,  what  is  called 
hay  can  be  obtained;  but,  compared  to  English 
meadow  hay,  it  is  at  the  best  but  poor  stuff.     ISTo 


30  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

doubt  liay  of  a  very  tolerable  quality  can  be  made 
in  India ;  in  fact,  I  have  done  so,  but  usually  the 
grass  is  cut  after  the  plant  has  flowered,  the  seed 
ripened  and  shed,  when  it  is  what  is  known  as  "  the 
sap  being  down,"  and  then  it  is  dry  and  with  little 
nourishment  in  it.  It  is  generally  also  allowed  to 
lie  out  too  long  after  it  has  been  cut  in  a  hot,  power- 
ful sun,  which  utterly  bakes  it  up.  The  grass 
should  be  cut  when  the  seed  is  green  and  the  sap 
well  up  in  it,  and  should  not  be  allowed  to  remain 
too  long  drying.  I  have  generally  found  that  from 
eight  to  ten  hours  of  the  Indian  sun  was  enough,  so 
that  grass  cut  in  the  morning  should  be  stacked  at 
night ;  it  will  then  not  be  utterly  dried  up,  and  in 
the  stack  will  undergo  the  process  of  fermentation 
that  gives  the  characteristic  smell  to  English  hay. 
There  is  a  certain  amount  of  difficulty  in  doing  this. 
The  grass  flowers  and  seeds  at  the  end  of  the  hot 
weather,  about  September,  when  the  monsoon  rains 
are  on,  and  these  sometimes  last  for  days  together. 
It  is,  therefore,  sometimes  difficult  to  get  a  fine  day 
to  cut  and  save  the  hay  in  before  the  seed  is  shed ; 
and  before  the  dry  weather  again  sets  in  the  sap  has 
gone  down,  and  there  is  but  little  nutriment  left  in 
the  grass.  It  is  not  a  bad  plan  to  sprinkle  some 
salt  over  each  layer  of  hay  as  the  stack  is  made  up  ; 


FOOD.  31 

horses  eat  this  cured  hay  with  great  relish.  In 
making  up  the  stack,  a  bundle  or  two  of  straw,  put 
on  end  from  the  bottom  upwards,  should  be  built 
into  the  centre  of  it  as  it  is  being  raised  up,  to  act 
as  a  chimney  or  ventilator  to  carry  off  the  heat 
while  the  stack  is  fermenting.  If  this  is  not  done, 
there  is  danger  of  its  catching  fire ;  and  even  if  it 
should  not  heat  to  such  a  degree,  part  is  likely  to 
get  discoloured — what  is  termed  "  mow-burned." 
This  chimney  can  be  made  with  bundles  of  sticks, 
boards,  or  even  stones  ;  but  sick  horses  will  often  eat 
the  straw  from  the  centre  of  a  haystack  when  they 
won't  look  at  anything  else,  and  it  sometimes  comes 
in  useful,  and  in  any  event,  is  not  wasted.  The 
stack  should  be  built  on  a  foundation  of  brambles, 
stones,  or  a  mud  platform  —  the  latter  being  the 
best — to  raise  it  and  protect  it  from  damage  by  the 
rains,  which  at  times  come  in  a  regular  flood,  and 
also  to  keep  out  rats,  mice,  and  other  vermin.  When 
the  stack  gets  down  to  the  bottom,  care  should  be 
exercised  in  handling  it,  as  it  is  a  great  refuge  for 
snakes,  and  I  have  seen  one  fatal  accident  from 
snake  bite  from  this  cause.  It,  then,  is  a  good  plan 
to  make  the  men  remove  the  hay  in  small  quantities 
at  a  time  with  a  hay-fork,  which  is  easily  made  by 
fastening  a  couple  of  short  sticks  converging  from 


32  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

each  other  on  to  a  long  bamboo ;  but  natives  are  such 
fatalists  that,  no  matter  how  much  warned  of  the 
danger  they  are  incurring,  they  will  not  take  the 
commonest  precautions  as  to  their  safety  if  it  gives 
them  a  little  extra  trouble.  A  somewhat  larger 
quantity  of  dry  grass  is  required  than  green  "dhoob" 
by  weight,  the  proportion  being  about  15  to  20  lbs. 
respectively. 

Green  Food  (Jchawid,  or  Jchasil). 
In  the  spring  of  the  year  in  India  it  is  common 
to  give  horses  green  wheat,  oats,  or  barley.  This  is 
cut  in  the  straw  from  the  time  it  is  about  a  foot 
high  until  tlie  grain  begins  to  ripen,  a  period  that 
lasts  about  a  month  or  six  weeks  in  the  Punjab — 
from  the  middle  of  February  till  the  end  of  March. 
This  green  food  is  called  by  the  natives  *'  khawid," 
or  ''khasil."  It  has  an  excellent  effect  on  the 
system,  and  is  what  is  used  by  the  native  dealers 
to  get  their  horses  into  condition  for  sale.  Too 
large  a  quantity  should  not  be  given  at  first,  as  it 
is  likely  to  cause  diarrhoea ;  about  4  lbs.  daily  being 
sufficient  at  first,  but  it  may  be  increased  up  to 
double  this  amount  if  it  agrees  with  the  animal. 
Care  should  be  taken  that  the  green  food  is  only 
given  when  young  and  the  straw  tender,  for  when 


FOOD.  33 

it  gets  ripe,  and  the  straw  woody  and  hard,  it  is  very- 
indigestible,  and  a  common  cause  of  intestinal  ob- 
struction and  colic.  In  some  parts  green  barley  is 
given  in  the  same  manner,  and  when  it  is  young  it 
is  as  good  as  wheat  or  oats ;  but  when  it  begins  to 
ripen  it  should  be  stopped,  as  the  awns  or  beards 
begin  to  get  hard,  and  not  only  are  they  likely  to 
choke  the  horse,  but  to  cause  dangerous  intestinal 
obstruction.  Oats  can  be  given  much  longer  than 
barley  or  wheat;  in  fact,  as  I  have  said,  ripe  oats 
are  cut  in  the  straw,  and  used  as  hay  in  many 
parts  of  the  world.  The  green  crop  must  be  pur- 
chased standing  from  a  cultivator,  and  this  is  best 
arranged  through  your  head  "  syce."  It  is  sold  by 
measurement,  a  patch  in  the  field  being  marked 
out;  or  else  the  grass-cutters  go  and  cut  as  much 
as  is  required  daily,  the  whole  amount  used  being 
afterwards  measured  up  and  paid  for  at  the  fixed 
bazaar  rate,  or,  as  it  is  termed,  the  ''  nirrick." 

Green  Gram. 

Natives  are  very  fond  of  giving  horses  green  gram, 
but  it  is  a  most  dangerous  custom.  It  is  most  indi- 
gestible, the  stalk  when  green  being  full  of  a  strong 
tough  fibre.  The  sap  and  leaves  have  a  peculiar 
irritating  or  almost  corrosive  property,  and  in  the 

D 


34  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

spring  of  the  year  many  fatal  cases  of  intestinal 
disease  are  caused  by  it. 

Carrots  {gctjar). 

Carrots  are  plentiful  all  over  Northern  India. 
They  come  on  in  the  spring,  and  are  an  excellent 
green  food.  They  can  be  bought  very  cheaply, 
and  if  kept  in  a  cool,  dry  place,  can  be  stored  for 
a  considerable  time ;  but  they  require  to  be  turned 
almost  daily,  or  they  will  get  rotten.  Wlien  used 
they  should  either  be  washed  to  remove  the  earth, 
or,  as  in  the  East  this  is  quite  dry,  knocked  with 
a  stick  to  remove  it.  They  should  be  given  whole, 
or  else  cut  into  long  slices,  not  across  into  lumps. 
This  latter  practice  is  dangerous,  as  horses  are 
thus  inclined  to  bolt  them  whole,  and  the  short 
round  lump  is  likely  to  stick  in  the  throat  and 
cause  choking. 

Lucerne. 

Lucerne  grows  well  all  over  Northern  India,  and 
although  not  cultivated  by  the  natives  for  their  own 
use,  they  know  perfectly  well  what  it  is,  and  call  it 
by  the  English  name.  In  most  of  the  towns  where 
there  are  any  Europeans  collected  together,  it  is 
usual   to   grow  it  in    the   Government   or  station 


FOOD.  35 

garden,  from  where  it  can  be  purchased  retail. 
Some  native  corps,  who  remain  some  time  in  the 
one  place,  also  grow  it  for  the  benefit  of  the  regi- 
ment, and  sometimes  it  is  possible  to  obtain  some 
from  them;  but  as  a  rule  they  only  have  enough 
for  their  own  use.  Round  the  large  military  can- 
tonments in  some  places,  tlie  neighbouring  farmers, 
finding  that  there  is  a  demand  for  it,  have  taken  to 
growing  it  for  sale,  and  it  can  be  bought  in  the 
bazaar ;  but  as  the  supply  is  not  certain,  it  is  better 
to  enter  into  a  contract  with  one  of  the  growers  to 
supply  the  quantity  by  weight  daily  required.  In 
making  this  bargain  it  is  best  to  use  the  agency  of 
the  head  "  syce,"  as  if  it  falls  short,  or  is  not  forth- 
coming, he  can  be  made  responsible ;  and  natives 
being  erratic  creatures,  it  is  quite  possible  that  some 
morning  you  may  be  told  that  there  is  no  more,  or 
that  the  grower  has  sold  his  crop  to  some  one  else, 
perhaps  at  even  a  smaller  price  than  you  are  givino. 
Whenever  there  is  a  well  in  the  compound,  and  I 
have  been  long  enough  in  one  place,  I  have  always 
grown  as  much  as  I  could  for  myself.  It  is  easily 
done,  and  there  is  no  more  useful  crop  in  connection 
with  an  Indian  stable.  In  the  dry,  hot  weather  the 
difference  in  the  condition  of  horses  that  are  settin<f 
a  fairly  liberal  supply  of  green  food,  and  those  that 


36  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

are  only  getting  the  burned-up  grass  that  is  then 
procurable,  is  most  marked.  The  only  difficulty 
about  growing  lucerne  is  that  at  first  a  large  supply 
of  water  is  necessary  until  the  roots  strike.  If  you 
have  a  garden,  then,  of  course,  you  have  to  keep  a 
pair  of  bullocks  to  raise  water  from  the  well  for 
irrigation  purposes;  but  if  you  do  not  run  to  this 
luxury,  then  a  pair  of  bullocks  can  be  hired  for  two 
or  three  days  in  the  week.  The  landlord  of  the 
house  has  to  keep  the  well  and  the  Persian  wheel, 
by  which  the  water  is  raised,  in  order,  and  find  the 
first  pair  of  ropes  for  it.  The  tenant  has  to  find 
the  earthen  pots,  or  ''  chatties,"  that  are  fastened 
on  to  it,  by  which  the  water  is  raised  up.  These 
''chatties"  are  cheap  things  enough,  but  they  are 
easily  broken.  I  always  found  that  the  best  plan  was 
to  provide  the  first  lot  myself,  and  then  give  a  small 
sum  monthly  to  the  gardener  to  keep  them  going ; 
and  it  saved  money  in  the  end,  as  I  found  that  not 
nearly  so  many  were  smashed  under  this  system  as 
when  I  paid  for  what  were  required.  If  a  gardener 
is  regularly  employed,  it  is,  of  course,  part  of  his 
business  to  look  after  the  lucerne  bed;  but  for  an 
ordinary  stable  of,  say,  four  or  five  animals,  an  acre 
of  lucerne  will  be  ample,  and  a  man  exclusively  for 
this  is  not  necessary.     A  gardener  can  be  got  for 


FOOD.  37 

about  Es.  10  a  month,  but  a  man  can  be  got  to 
come  two  or  three  times  a  week  and  look  after  it 
for  half  this.  I  found,  however,  that  if  I  gave  it 
to  one  of  the  syces,  that  the  women  and  children 
of  his  family  would  attend  to  it,  as,  when  once 
started,  it  only  requires  weeding,  and  that  the  work 
was  better  done  than  by  a  professional  gardener, 
unless  one  was  regularly  employed.  The  best  seed 
is  the  acclimatized  English,  or  the  Cabul  brought 
down  from  Afghanistan.  The  English  seed  can  be 
obtained  from  any  seedsman,  or  the  Government 
Horticultural  Gardens  at  Lahore  or  Saharunpore, 
at  about  a  rupee  a  pound,  and  this  is  enough  to 
sow  about  an  acre  with,  which  should  be  done  at 
the  end  of  the  cold  weather.  If  only  a  small  quan- 
tity is  grown,  it  is  best  to  sow  it  on  ridges,  as  it 
then,  no  doubt,  can  be  kept  free  from  weeds,  and 
the  cost  of  weeding,  on  an  acre  or  two,  is  but 
trifling;  but  it  is  an  error  to  suppose  that  lucerne 
cannot  be  sown  broadcast.  At  the  cattle  farm  at 
Hissar,  in  the  Punjab,  several  hundred  acres  were 
grown  in  this  way,  as  the  cost  of  making  ridges 
on  such  a  large  quantity  of  land  would  have  been 
prohibitive.  Of  course,  this  lucerne  was  not  so 
clean  as  if  it  had  been  grown  on  ridges,  but  the 
cattle  picked  it  out  from   the  weeds  when  it  was 


38  STABLE   MANAGEMENT. 

put  before  them.  Fresh  seed  will  have  to  be  sown 
about  every  three  years,  and  tlie  crop  may  be  cut 
about  five  or  six  times  during  the  season.  About 
4  lbs.  is  enough  for  a  horse,  but  it  is  best  to  begin 
with  half  this  quantity  and  gradually  increase  it, 
as  if  too  large  an  amount  is  given  at  once  it  is 
likely  to  cause  colic. 

Guinea  Grass. 

Some  years  ago  this  was  a  very  favourite  grass 
forage  to  grow  for  horses,  but  lately  lucerne  has 
supplanted  it,  and,  I  think,  rightly.  The  advantage 
of  guinea  grass  is  that  it  lasts  through  the  hottest 
months  of  the  year,  which  lucerne  does  not,  but  it 
requires  a  great  deal  of  water.  It  grows  in  separate 
tufts,  and  they  should  be  planted  some  distance 
apart,  or  otherwise  they  will  crowd  each  other  out. 

Sugar  Cane  {gun no). 
Sugar  cane  is  not  often  used  as  an  actual  food, 
but  horses  are  very  fond  of  it,  and  on  my  visits  to 
the  stable  I  usually  had  some  pieces  carried  after 
me  in  a  basket  when  it  was  in  season.  It  ripens 
at  the  end  of  the  summer,  and  lasts  into  the  winter. 
It  is  sold  in  long  sticks,  and  should  be  chopped  up 
into  pieces ;  but  the  servants  will  steal  it,  as  they 
eat  it  themselves  as  a  sweetmeat. 


FOOD.  39 

Turnips  {shalfjham). 
The  ordinary  white  turnip  grows  all  over  the 
Punjab  in  the  winter,  and  when  carrots  are  not  to 
be  procured,  I  have  used  them  in  their  place,  pre- 
paring them  in  the  same  manner.  Horses  soon 
learn  to  eat  and  relish  them. 

Salt  (mmnmJc), 
Salt  is  required  by  all  animals  in  a  certain 
quantity  in  their  food  to  keep  them  in  health.  There 
are  three  different  varieties  sold  in  the  native  shops. 
Eock  salt  ("  putter  ke  nimmuk ") ;  ordinary  salt, 
which  is  merely  the  rock  salt  crushed  and  powdered ; 
and  black  salt  ("  kali  nimmuk  ").  On  the  coast  sea 
salt  can  also  be  obtained,  but  it  is  not  to  be  found 
far  inland.  The  common  custom  in  India  is  to  give 
powdered  salt  in  the  food,  the  usual  daily  allowance 
being  about  an  ounce.  I  prefer  to  leave  a  lump  of 
rock  salt  in  the  manger  for  the  horse  to  lick  when 
he  likes.  Some  owners  have  a  lump  of  it  hung 
by  a  string  to  the  wall,  but  I  do  not  think  this  is 
advisable,  as  I  have  known  more  than  one  horse 
turn  a  wind-sucker  from  getting  into  the  habit  of 
licking  and  playing  with  it. 


40  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Tonics. 

It  is  a  common  supposition,  deeply  rooted  in  the 
minds  of  horsemen,  that,  when  a  horse  loses  con- 
dition, he  at  once  requires  a  tonic ;  and  an  im- 
mense number  of  these  and  "  condition  powders " 
are  advertised.  There  is  no  better  paying  specula- 
tion in  the  world  than  the  sale  of  these  articles,  as 
the  majority  of  them  consist  of  a  few  cheap  and 
simple  ingredients,  that  are  retailed  to  the  public  at 
a  hundred  per  cent,  their  original  cost ;  and  the  best 
that  can  be  said  about  these  nostrums  is  that  some 
of  them  are  innocent  and  do  no  harm,  while  they 
serve  to  amuse  the  owner.  The  action  of  a  tonic  is 
to  stimulate  the  appetite,  and  if  the  horse  is  feeding 
well  they  are  certainly  useless,  if  not  actually  harm- 
ful. If  the  horse  feeds,  and  continues  to  fall  off  in 
condition,  the  chances  are  that  there  is  something 
wrong  in  the  stable  management,  which  should  be 
carefully  inquired  into.  If  this  only  occurs  once 
with  one  animal,  the  inference  is  that  medical  advice 
is  required,  but  if  several  are  in  the  same  state,  or 
it  is  a  matter  of  constant  occurrence,  then  in  most 
cases  a  change  of  "  syce  "  is  required,  and  it  will  be 
usually  found  better  and  cheaper  than  having  re- 
course to  any  of  these  various  advertised  "  cure-alls." 


FOOD. 


41 


Horses  not  Feeding. 

Horses  refuse  their  food  from  a  variety  of  causes. 
It  is  usually  the  first  symptom  noticed  in  the 
majority  of  attacks  of  illness,  and  I  cannot  too 
strongly  urge  that  in  such  cases  the  sooner  pro- 
fessional advice  is  obtained  the  better,  there  being 
nothing  in  which  the  old  proverb,  "  a  stitch  in  time 
saves  nine,"  more  applies  to.  On  the  other  hand, 
horse  owners  are  inclined  to  get  very  anxious  with- 
out cause  about  horses  not  feeding,  and  to  imagine 
that  because  he  refuses  to  feed,  or  does  not  finish  it 
up  with  a  good  appetite,  that  the  animal  is  in  a 
dangerous  state.  Horses  are  much  like  ourselves, 
and  we  all  know  that  we  sometimes  do  not  feel  in- 
clined to  do  justice  to  a  "square"  meal,  and  that  it 
we  dine  off  a  plate  of  soup  we  feel  ready  for  a  good 
breakfast  in  the  morning.  If  the  horse  refuses  his 
feed,  or  only  plays  about  with  it,  have  it  at  once 
removed ;  at  the  next  only  give  him  a  little  hay  or 
grass,  and  the  probabilities  are  that  at  the  next  he 
will  eat  up  his  grain  with  a  hearty  appetite.  If  he 
does  not,  then  the  sooner  professional  advice  is  called 
in  the  better,  as  you  may  be  certain  that  something 


42  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Damaged  Food. 

Damaged,  mouldy,  or  sour  food,  the  horse,  of 
course,  will  not  eat  unless  he  is  very  hungry,  and 
then  only  sufficient  to  stay  his  appetite.  Damaged 
grain  there  is  no  excuse  for,  and  can  only  be  given 
through  carelessness  or  indifference  on  the  part  of 
the  owner  or  his  servants.  Sour  food,  or  food  that 
has  fermented,  is,  with  the  best  intentions,  likely  to 
be  placed  before  the  animal,  as  it  is  surprising  how 
soon  fermentation  will  set  up  in  damp  grain  in  a 
hot  climate.  The  food  should  not  be  damped  more 
than  twenty  minutes  or  half  an  hour  at  the  most 
before  it  is  given,  and  a  dirty  bucket  will  easily  con- 
taminate it.  In  the  hot  weather  in  India,  particularly 
during  the  rains,  when  both  man  and  beast  are  down 
below  par,  very  little  will  put  both  off  their  feed. 
If  the  food,  however,  is  at  all  sour  it  ought  to  be  at 
once  detected,  as  the  smell  is  unmistakable. 

Irregular  Teeth. 

In  old  horses  the  back  teeth  get  irregular  and 
worn  in  such  a  fashion  that  the  food  cannot  be 
masticated  and  crushed,  and  is  not  then  properly 
digested.  The  upper  jaw  of  the  horse  is  wider  than 
the  lower  one,  so  that  the  upper  teeth  overlap  the 


FOOD.  43 

lower  ones  at  the  outside,  and  the  lower  ones  the 
upper  at  the  inside.  By  continually  wearing, 
the  upper  back  teeth  get  worn  down  more  on  the 
inside  than  the  outside,  and  the  lower  ones  more 
on  the  outside  than  the  inside,  or,  in  other  words,  the 
grinding  surface  of  the  teeth,  instead  of  being  hori- 
zontal, is  at  an  angle  or  slope.  The  horse  masticates 
his  food  with  a  sideways  motion  of  the  jaws,  crushing 
the  food  between  the  back  teeth  like  mill- stones, 
so  that  if  the  grinding  surfaces  of  the  teeth  are  not 
level,  but  sloped  at  an  angle,  they  become  locked, 
and  prevent  sufficient  sideways  play  of  the  jaws.  If 
this  is  suspected,  the  back  teeth  can  be  easily  in- 
spected by  turning  the  horse  with  his  tail  to  the  sun, 
grasping  the  tongue  w^ith  the  left  hand  and  opening 
the  mouth,  while  the  light  is  reflected  into  it  by  a 
small  looking-glass  held  in  the  right.  They  can 
also  be  felt  by  putting  one's  hand  on  the  outside  of 
the  cheek,  where  the  outer  edge  of  the  upper  teeth 
can  be  easily  felt,  and  pushing  the  finger  inwards 
and  upwards,  so  as  to  get  on  the  grinding  surface 
when  the  horse  opens  his  mouth,  and  the  angle  the}^ 
are  at  can  be  at  once  detected  through  the  cheek. 
This  is,  of  course,  only  a  rough  method  of  examina- 
tion, but  it  gives  one  a  fair  idea  of  the  state  the 
molars  are  in.     If  a  tooth  is  broken  or  deficient,  the 


44  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

corresponding  one  in  the  other  jaw  from  not  being- 
worn  down  will  become  over-grown  and  fill  up  the 
vacant  space,  even  growing  so  long  as  to  damage 
the  gum  or  bone  in  the  jaw  above  or  below  it,  as  the 
case  may  be,  and  preventing  the  horse  feeding.  If 
it  is  one  of  the  front  molars,  it  is  possible  that  the 
growth  may  be  detected  from  outside,  but  the  proba- 
bilities are  that  a  more  careful  examination  will  be 
necessary,  and,  at  all  events,  professional  skill  re- 
quired to  set  matters  right.  Horses  also  suffer  from 
decayed  teeth;  and,  in  fact,  the  whole  matter  of 
equine  dentistry  is  much  more  important  than  is 
usually  supposed,  many  animals  remaining  poor  and 
thin  simply  because  their  teeth  are  not  properly 
attended  to. 

Young  Horses  Cutting  Teeth. 

Young  horses  sometimes  have  great  trouble  when 
cutting  their  teeth,  and  if  they  go  off  their  feed 
they  should  be  attended  to ;  but  this  requires  pro- 
fessional skill. 

Quidding. 

When  young  horses  begin  to  what  is  called  "  quid  " 
their  food,  it  is  almost  a  certain  indication  that  there 
is  something  wrong  with  the  mouth.     "  Quidding  " 


FOOD.  45 

is  gatUcriag  up  a  mouthful  of  hay  or  grass,  rolling 
it  about  in  the  mouth,  and  half  masticating  it  till 
it  gets  into  a  lump  or  ball,  and  then  spitting  it  out 
without  swallowing  it.  Sometimes  a  dozen  or  more 
of  these  "  quids  "  will  be  found  in  the  manger  or  on 
the  stable  floor. 

Indigestion  (hud  hazmie). 

Indigestion,  or  dyspepsia,  which  horses  suffer  from 
more  commonly  than  the  public  imagine,  will  put 
them  off  their  feed;  but  this  is  a  matter  for  pro- 
fessional advice  and  treatment,  and  it  is  exceedingly 
dangerous  for  the  owner  to  go  trying  domestic 
remedies.  I  have  had  many  fatal  cases  of  bowel 
diseases  brought  to  me  that  have  arisen  solely  from 
this  cause. 

Lampas. 

This  is  a  disorder  that  is  firmly  fixed  in  every 
groom's  mind,  both  European  and  native,  and  is 
supposed  to  consist  of  a  swelling  or  inflammation 
of  the  palate,  or  "barbs,"  just  behind  the  upper 
incisor  teeth.  I  do  not  deny  for  a  moment  the 
existence  of  such  a  thing,  but  what  I  do  maintain 
is  that  in  75  per  cent,  of  the  cases  brought  to  one, 


46  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

it  exists  only  in  the  imagination  of  the  attendant. 
The  popular  remedy  some  years  ago  was  to  cauterize 
the  part  with  a  hot  iron,  and  I  have  no  hesitation 
in  saying  that  any  one  doing  this  should  be  indicted 
for  cruelty  to  animals.  Lately,  the  popular  treat- 
ment has  been  more  merciful  in  liaving  the  part 
scarified  with  a  lancet,  but  even  this  is  useless. 
Where  lampas  does  exist,  there  is  more  or  less 
enlargement  and  swelling  of  the  membrane  of  the 
entire  alimentary  canal,  but  the  "barbs"  of  the 
mouth  being  the  only  part  visible,  it  is  popularly 
supposed  to  be  a  local  affection.  Under  these  con- 
ditions, it  will  be  readily  understood  how  utterly 
useless  lancing  or  scarifying  one  small  part  of  the 
affected  canal  will  be.  A  small  dose  of  aperient 
medicine,  or  even  putting  the  horse  on  a  laxative 
diet  of  bran  mash  for  a  few  days,  will  do  all  that  is 
required,  without  having  recourse  to  heroic  measures. 

Nose-bags  {tohra), 
Nose-bags  are  sadly  neglected  by  ''syces/'  and 
unless  looked  after  by  the  owner,  they  never 
dream  of  cleaning  them,  so  that,  particularly  with 
leather  ones,  they  get  into  a  very  filthy  condition, 
and  frequently  horses  refuse  to  eat  out  of  such 
dirty  things.     Both  mangers  and  nose-bags  should 


FOOD.  47 

frequently  be  washed  and  scrubbed  out  with  soap, 
or  sand  and  water.  ISTose-bags  are,  at  the  best,  a 
necessary  evil,  and  if  they  have  to  be  used  at  all, 
canvas  ones  are  better  than  leather,  being  more 
easily  cleaned.  I  only  allowed  nose-bags  to  be 
used  when  on  the  march,  or  out  in  camp ;  when  in 
the  stable  the  horses  were  fed  out  of  an  ordinar}^ 
bucket,  or  else  a  manger,  and  even  then  they 
were  not  fastened  on  the  head,  but  held  on  the 
ofround. 

Mangers  (hurlie). 

In  the  stable  a  manger  should  be  used.  In 
an  Indian  stable  one  is  easily  made  out  of  a 
shallow,  wide-mouthed  earthen  vessel  ("gumalo"), 
built  up  with  mud,  about  three  feet  high,  in  the 
corner.  The  *' syces"  can  do  this  themselves,  and 
the  gumalo  only  costs  a  few  pence  in  the  bazaar. 
I  always  had  two  built  in  opposite  corners,  one  for 
food  and  the  other  for  water.  If  for  any  reason 
the  manger  cannot  be  built,  or  there  is  not  one  in 
the  stable,  then  the  horse  should  be  fed  out  of  a  tin 
or  zinc  bucket,  or  else  off  a  feeding- sheet.  An  old 
gunney-bag,  spread  out  opened  at  the  seams,  answers 
admirably.  The  ''  syce  "  should  hold  the  bucket  or 
sheet  while  he  is  feeding,  or  the  horse  is  very  likely 


48  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

to  knock  the  first  over,  or  tear  the  sheet,  by  pawing 
at  it  with  his  fore  feet. 

Worms  (Jcirim), 

Parasites,  or  worms,  in  the  intestines  cause 
horses  to  lose  condition  very  quickly.  The  most 
common  are  long  white  ones,  like  ordinary  earth- 
worms, about  five  to  eight  inches  long ;  and  small, 
very  thin  thread-like  ones,  about  three  inches 
long.  They  cause  the  horse  to  become  very  un- 
thrifty and  thin,  the  coat  being  dull,  without  the 
natural  gloss  that  is  seen  in  health,  or  as  it  is 
termed,  "hide-bound."  The  horse  is  also  apt  to 
back  up  against  any  projection,  or  into  a  corner, 
and  rub  his  tail  against  the  wall,  breaking  off  the 
hair,  and  giving  it  an  unsightly  appearance.  If 
worms  are  suspected,  the  "syce"  should  be  in- 
structed to  look  for  them  in  the  horse's  droppings 
in  the  morning,  where  the  long  ones  are  most 
likely  to  be  found ;  also  to  examine  under  his  dock, 
where  the  small  ones  will  leave  a  yellowish  incrus- 
tation under  the  root  of  the  tail.  An  enema  of 
common  salt  and  water,  made  by  dissolving  about 
a  table-spoonful  of  salt  in  a  quart  of  luke-warm 
water,  generally  suffices  to  get  rid  of  the  small  ones. 
The  large  ones,  however,  require  medical  treatment, 


FOOD.  49 

which  should  be  loft  in  professional  hands.  If  there 
are  any  worms  passed,  the  litter,  droppings,  etc., 
should  be  carefully  burned,  and  the  floor  of  the 
stable  scraped  and  the  debris  burned,  and  a  new- 
floor  laid  down. 

Rubbing  the  Tail. 

Although  commonly  due  to  parasites  in  the  in- 
testines, "  particularly  the  small  thread- worms,'*  with 
some  horses  it  is  a  trick;  neglect  also,  and  the 
irritation  caused  by  dirt,  will  often  cause  it.  In 
India  it  is  more  often  seen  in  coarse-bred  horses, 
such  as  many  Australians  are,  than  in  country- 
breds  and  Arabs.  If  it  is  from  dirt,  washing  the 
tail  well  with  soap  and  water  will  stop  it ;  if  it  is 
a  trick,  keeping  the  tail  in  a  tail-case,  which  is 
merely  a  piece  of  leather,  with  buckles  and  straps 
to  fasten  it  on  with ;  or  an  ordinary  roller  bandage 
put  round  from  the  tip  to  the  root  will  generally 
stop  it. 

Scouring  (ddst). 

Scouring,  or  diarrhoea,  is  usually  seen  in  nervous 
horses  when  they  get  excited,  and,  as  a  rule,  dis- 
appears when  they  get  quiet  again.  It  is  more 
connnonly  seen  in  light-coloured,  or  what  the  horse- 

E 


50  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

man  calls  "  washey/*  chestnuts  and  blacks,  than 
any  other  colour.  Some  horses  will  always  scour 
after  a  draught  of  cold  water,  and  with  such  the 
chill  should  be  taken  off  either  by  adding  a  little 
warm  water,  or  standing  the  bucket  out  in  the  sun 
for  a  couple  of  hours  before  it  is  used.  If  the 
scouring  persists,  after  returning  to  the  stable,  let 
the  next  feed  consist  of  dry  bran,  not  "  bran  mash," 
and  this  generally  stops  it.  If  a  horse  that  is  not 
in  the  habit  of  doing  so  suddenly  begins  scouring, 
it  is  a  mistake  to  try  and  stop  it  too  suddenly,  as 
frequently  it  is  an  effort  of  nature  to  tlirow  off  some- 
thing deleterious  to  the  system.  If,  however,  the 
diarrhoea  should  continue  persistent,  then  profes- 
sional advice  should  be  obtained. 


WATER. 

Water  (pani). 

Horses  prefer  soft  to  hard  water,  and  are  par- 
ticularly partial  to  rain-water.  Many  horses  refuse 
to  drink  at  all  from  a  running  stream,  unless  very 
thirsty,  and  even  then  will  not  take  as  much  as 
is  necessary,.  Mules,  which  in  other  respects  are 
hardy  animals,  are  very  dainty  and  particular  about 
their  water.  Such  horses  should  be  watered  either 
out  of  a  bucket  or  a  still  pool.  In  mountain  and 
quick  running  streams  there  is  often  a  large  quantity 
of  sand  and  small  gravel  held  in  suspension,  that 
sinks  to  the  bottom  in  places  where  the  current 
runs  slow.  I  have  seen  more  than  one  death  caused 
by  constantly  watering  horses  in  such  streams,  by 
the  animal  swallowing  a  quantity  of  such  sand;  it 
accumulates  in  large  masses  in  the  intestines,  and 
causes  "sand  colic."  If  it  is  necessary  to  water 
horses  from  such  places  for  any  length  of  time,  if  a 
suitable  pool  cannot  be  found  where  the  water  is 


52  STABLE   MANAGEMENT. 

still  and  the  sand  and  gravel  can  settle,  one  should 
be  made  by  building  a  dam. 

Times  of  Watering. 

Horses  should  be  watered  half  an  hour  before 
feeding,  or,  if  this  cannot  be  managed,  at  least  two 
hours  should  elapse  after  the  feed  before  he  is  allowed 
to  drink  his  fill.  The  reason  of  this  is  that  the  hard 
grain  tlie  horse  eats  is  only  partly  crushed  and 
broken  by  the  teeth,  and  it  is  in  the  stomach  where 
it  is  principally  softened  before  passing  on  into  the 
intestines.  If,  when  the  stomach  is  full  of  partly 
digested  food,  a  large  quantity  of  water  is  given, 
some  of  it  will  be  washed  into  the  intestine,  and, 
being  hard,  and  not  properly  softened,  irritate  it  and 
set  up  colic.  The  best  plan  is  to  always  have  water 
in  front  of  the  horse,  so  that  he  can  drink  when  he 
likes,  and  I  have  found  that  they  take  much  less 
this  way  than  when  watered  at  regular  times.  In 
India  this  can  be  easily  done  by  building  up  in  mud 
a  wide-mouthed,  shallow,  earthen  vessel,  called  a 
"  gumalo,"  in  one  corner  of  the  stable,  in  the  same 
way  that  a  manger  is  made.  It  should  be  high 
enough  for  the  horse  to  conveniently  reach  it,  and 
be  kept  constantly  full. 


WATER.  58 

Watering  Troughs. 

When  horses  are  watered  at  a  trough  or  stream, 
as  is  necessarily  the  case  with  military  animals,  if 
they  are  thirsty  they  push  their  noses  deep  into  it 
and  drink  greedily.  They  then  lift  their  heads  and 
look  round  them,  and  many  persons  think  they 
have  finished.  This  is  not  the  case,  as  the  horse  is 
merely  recovering  his  breath  after  his  draught,  and 
he  should  not  be  taken  away  until  he  either  turns 
round  and  will  drink  no  more,  or  until  he  begins  to 
splash  the  water  about  with  his  nose  and  play  with 
it,  which  shows  he  does  not  want  any  more. 

Watering  on  a  Journey. 

It  is  commonly  supposed  that  when  on  a  journey 
horses  should  not  be  watered,  but,  in  a  warm 
climate,  as  long  as  only  a  steady  pace  is  maintained 
and  only  a  moderate  quantity  given,  it  does  not  do 
any  harm,  and,  to  judge  from  one's  own  experiences, 
certainly  is  refreshing.  Of  course,  this  must  be  done 
in  moderation,  like  everything ;  and  it  undoubtedly 
would  be  dangerous  to  allow  a  horse  to  drink  his 
fill  and  then  give  him  a  hard  gallop  directly  after- 
wards; but,  in  both  the  South  African  and  Australian 
colonies,  I  have  travelled  some  hundreds  of  miles 


54  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

in  post-carts  and  coaches,  and  the  drivers  at  pretty 
nearly  every  stream  they  cross  pull  up  and  allow 
the  horses  to  drink  a  few  moiithfuls.  I  have  never 
heard  of  any  harm  coming  from  this  practice,  and 
at  the  end  of  the  journey  they  drink  far  less  water 
than  if  they  had  been  deprived  of  it  while  at  work. 
In  Norway,  the  carriole  drivers  water  their  ponies 
in  the  same  way,  and  it  is  icy-cold  coming  from  the 
glaciers. 

Watering  after  a  Journey. 

When  the  journey  is  completed,  it  is  advisable  to 
walk  the  horse  about  for  a  short  time,  to  allow  him 
to  get  cool  before  watering ;  or,  better  still,  and  what 
every  practical  horseman  will  do,  is  to  pull  up  and 
allow  him  to  walk  the  last  mile,  so  that  he  arrives 
at  his  stable  fairly  cool,  and  not  reeking  with  per- 
spiration. Grooming  also  will  be  greatly  facilitated 
by  this. 

Watering  Bridles  (Jcazai), 

Watering  bridles  are  generally  very  much  neglected, 
"  syces  "  (grooms)  never  seeming  to  think  that  they 
require  any  care  or  attention.  They  are  generally 
a  mass  of  rust  and  dirt,  and  having  one  of  these 
filthy  things  put  into  tlie  mouth,  is  a  much  more 


WATER.  55 

common  cause  of  horses  going  off  their  feed  than 
is  generally  supposed.  They  are  frequently  thrown 
out  on  the  heap  of  bedding,  and  left  in  the  sun 
all  day,  and  when  put  into  the  horse's  mouth  the 
iron  of  the  bit  is  burning  hot.  I  consider  that  this 
is  one  of  the  chief  reasons  of  the  sores  that  so 
frequently  form  at  the  angles  of  the  mouth  in  the 
summer  months,  and  which  are  most  troublesome  to 
cure.  The  bit  of  the  watering  bridle  should  be 
scrubbed  daily  with  sand  until  it  is  polished,  and 
the  leather-work  cleaned  with  soap  (sabon)  or 
dubbing  (momrogan) ;  if  this  is  not  done,  it  very 
soon  perishes  with  the  heat  and  becomes  rotten,  and 
if  a  horse  is-  at  all  fresh  and  plays  about,  it  breaks, 
the  animal  gets  loose,  and  a  serious  accident  is  the 
result  of  the  want  of  a  little  forethought. 

Leeches  (jonJc), 

In  India  leeches  frequently  get  into  the  nose 
while  the  horse  is  drinking,  especially  out  of 
ponds  and  streams,  and  although  they  are  not 
absolutely  dangerous,  they  cause  troublesome  bleed- 
ing, and  make  the  animal  cough  and  sneeze.  They 
are  sometimes  very  difficult  to  get  rid  off,  and  the 
best  plan  is  to  place  some  water  in  a  bucket  before 
the  horse  and  splash  it  about.     The  leech  is  attracted 


56  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

by  this,  and  comes  down  the  nostril,  when  it  can  be 
caught  if  the  operator  is  quick  enough.  A  handker- 
chief is  necessary,  as  the  leech  is  too  slippery  to 
hold  in  the  iingers.  It  is  generally  best  to  let  one 
of  the  "  syces "  do  this,  promising  him  a  small 
reward  when  the  nuisance  is  got  rid  of,  as  some  of 
them  are  wonderfully  expert  at  it,  and  have  untiring 
patience. 

Wells. 

In  some  Indian  towns  there  is  a  water  supply  laid 
on  to  the  houses  by  pipes,  but  in  the  majority  it 
is  obtained  from  a  well  (khua)  in  the  compound. 
In  these  cases  a  water-carrier  ("  bheestie ")  has  to 
be  kept  to  draw  and  carry  water  for  the  household 
and  stables,  which  he  brings  in  a  leather  bag ; 
"mussuk,"  the  small  leather  bucket  that  he  uses  to 
lill  the  bag  with,  being  called  a  "  dholl."  These 
water-bags  should  be  renewed  twice  a  year,  as  they 
get  very  foul  inside  if  kept  much  longer,  and  they 
are  only  worth  about  Es.  2  each.  Yery  few  people 
ever  think  of  cleaning  out  the  well,  but  it  should  be 
done  at  least  once  a  year,  as  it  is  surprising  the 
amount  of  rubbish,  such  as  dead  leaves  and  vegeta- 
tion, gets  into  it.  Tlie  landlord  of  the  house  should 
undertake  this,  but  it  is  generally  difficult  to  get  him 


WATER.  57 

to  do  it  without  the  tenant  threatening-  to  do  it  him- 
self  and  deduct  the  cost  out  of  the  rent.  There  are 
professional  well-cleaners  in  Northern  India,  wlio 
will  do  the  work  by  contract.  As  a  rule,  it  takes 
about  three  days,  as  the  well  has  to  be  pumped  dry 
by  working  the  lifting  wheel  with  relays  of  bullocks 
day  and  night,  when  a  man  goes  down  and  removes 
the  accumulation  of  rubbish  from  the  bottom.  Care 
should  be  taken  to  first  lower  down  a  lighted  candle, 
or  throw  a  bundle  of  lighted  straw  down  before  any 
one  is  allowed  to  descend,  as  there  is  frequently  an 
accumulation  of  foul  gas  at  the  bottom,  and  I  have 
known  more  than  one  accident  from  neo^lect  of  this 
precaution.  '  Unless  I  had  very  good  reason  for 
knowing  that  the  well  had  been  lately  cleaned,  I 
always  had  this  done  on  going  into  a  new  house.  If 
this  is  neglected,  the  water  during  the  rainy  season 
is  apt  to  get  very  foul,  and  I  have  known  severe 
outbreaks  of  illness  from  this  cause  both  in  men  and 
animals. 


58  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 


AIR  AND   VENTILATION. 

Stables. 

Nothing  is  worse  for  horses  than  close,  ill-ventilated 
stables,  and  in  India,  where  they  are  made  out  of 
such  cheap  material  as  mud  and  sun-dried  brick, 
there  is  no  excuse  for  their  being  too  small.  In 
some  of  the  newer  houses,  stables  are  made  out  of 
burned  brick  ;  but  I  prefer  the  older  ones  of  mud  or 
sun-dried  brick,  as  the  walls  are  generally  thicker, 
and  this  makes  them  cooler  in  the  summer  and 
warmer  in  the  winter.  It  is  also  of  importance 
that  they  should  not  be  too  low,  but  of  the  two 
evils  I  should  prefer  a  small  stable  with  a  lofty 
roof  to  a  larger  one  with  a  low  one,  provided  there 
was  ventilation  in  the  top.  Every  stable  should 
have  a  good  deep  verandah  round  it ;  it  not  only 
keeps  off  the  sun  in  the  summer,  but  is  useful  to 
put  bedding,  etc.,  in  during  the  rain.  If  there  is  no 
verandah,  one  can  be  easily  made  with  the  flat  straw 
screens  used  by  natives,  called  "jamps,"  and  bamboo 


AIR  AND  VENTILATIOX.  59 

supports.  The  doorways  should  be  high  and  wide, 
so  that  there  is  no  danger  of  the  horse  hitting  his 
hips  or  head  against  it  in  going  in  and  out.  A 
fractured  hip-bone  is  frequently  caused  by  horses 
rushing  through  narrow  doorways,  and  a  troublesome 
disease  known  as  "  poll  evil "  is  generally  caused 
by  striking  the  head  against  too  low  a  one.  It  is 
also  well  to  have  the  sides  of  the  door-posts  rounded 
off,  not  left  at  an  angle.  If  there  is  no  window  at 
the  back  of  the  stable,  opposite  the  door,  one  should 
be  made  above  the  horse's  head,  and  another  smaller 
one  on  a  level  with  the  floor,  so  as  to  allow  the  air 
to  circulate  freely.  If  possible,  avoid  a  draught,  but 
always  remember  that  it  is  better  to  have  plenty  of 
fresh  air  and  a  draught  than  a  stuffy  stable  without 
one,  as  the  horse  can  always  be  kept  warm  with 
extra  clothing,  bandages,  and  bedding.  Thatched 
roofs  are  much  cooler  in  summer  and  warmer  in 
winter  than  the  fiat  earthen  ones  that  are  generally 
used  in  Northern  India.  Indian  stables  are  almost 
always  divided  off  into  loose  boxes,  the  partition 
walls  being  continued  up  to  the  roof.  I  think  they 
should  be  only  built  high  enough  to  prevent  the 
horses  teasing  each  other  over  them,  as  if  continued 
right  up  they  interfere  with  the  free  circulation 
of  the  air.     If  this  cannot  be  done,  on  account  of 


()0  STABLE   MANAGEMENT. 

the  partitions  helping  to  support  the  roof,  a  window 
should  be  knocked  through  in  each.  In  South 
Africa  stables  are  usually  simply  a  long  shed  with 
a  manger  running  down  the  back  w^all,  without  any 
partitions  between  the  standings,  and  the  horses  are 
simply  tied  up  to  a  ring  in  the  manger  with  the 
head  rope.  Cape  horses  are,  however,  exceedingly 
quiet,  and  will  stand  still  all  day  long.  They  never 
seem  to  think  of  kicking  or  biting  at  each  other  like 
the  Indian  country-bred  does. 

Chicks. 

The  plague  of  flies  in  the  East,  particularly 
during  the  rains,  cannot  be  realized  in  England, 
and  if  not  protected  against  them,  they  will  almost 
worry  horses  to  death.  For  this  reason  the  doors 
and  windows  of  the  stable  should  be  fitted  witli 
"  chicks,"  or  mats,  made  out  of  split  bamboos  or 
reeds,  with  interspaces  between  them,  which  allow 
of  light  and  air  passing  through,  but  which  will 
Iceep  the  flies  out.  They  are  not  very  costly  articles, 
and  add  most  materially  to  the  comfort  of  the  horse. 
If  carefully  looked  after,  and  not  let  flap  about  in 
the  wind,  they  will  last  for  years  witli  a  very  small 
annual  expenditure  for  repairs. 


AIR   AND  VENTILATION.  Gl 

Stable  Floors. 

The  stable  floor  should  be  made  of  wet  clay 
beaten  down,  and  left  to  thoroughly  dry.  This 
can  be  carried  out  by  the  "  syces,"  and  if 
thoroughly  done,  they  will  last  a  good  many 
months.  I  always  make  it  a  practice  to  dig  up 
the  floors  of  stables  in  a  new  house,  before  they  are 
occupied,  a  foot  and  a  half  deep,  and  thoroughly 
renew  it,  and  usually  it  is  astounding  the  amount 
of  foul  earth  that  has  to  be  removed.  I  also  have 
the  whole  of  the  floor  picked  up  and  renewed  once 
a  year — for  choice,  at  the  end  of  September  or 
beginning  of  October,  after  the  rains  have  stopped. 
Any  moisture  should  be  at  once  removed,  before 
it  has  time  to  soak  into  the  floor ;  or,  if  it  has,  the 
moist  earth  should  be  swept  away  with  a  broom 
(jaru),  made  out  of  a  number  of  pliable  twigs  tied 
together,  and  fresh  dry  earth  sprinkled  over  the 
top  of  it.  A  supply  of  dry  powdered  earth  should 
be  kept  outside  each  stable  door  in  a  box  ready  for 
use  when  required.  The  ordinary  earth  that  is  in 
the  compound  will  not  do  to  make  floors  out  of, 
although  "  syces  "  will  use  it  if  allowed,  as  it  is  less 
trouble  to  get  than  clay  (kicher  ke  muttee),  but 
it  will  not  bind,  and  when  trodden  on  breaks  up 
and  wears  into  dust. 


62  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Charcoal  {khoalie). 
Although  it  looks  dirty,  powdered  charcoal 
sprinkled  over  the  floor  has  a  powerful  effect  as 
a  deodorizer.  The  ashes  of  a  wood  fire  do  nearly 
as  well  as  charcoal  for  this  purpose,  and  can  be 
obtained  anywhere,  as  wood  is  universally  used 
for  fuel  all  over  India.  In  some  stables  earthen- 
ware vessels  (chatties)  are  buried  under  the  floor 
to  catch  the  urine.  This  is  an  abominable,  filthy 
custom,  and  should  never  be  permitted,  as  there  is 
no  more  certain  cause  of  disease.  Diseases  of  the 
feet,  such  as  foul  smelling,  suppurating  frogs,  thrush, 
and  canker,  are  in  the  majority  of  cases  caused  by 
horses  standing  on  wet,  filthy  floors. 

Picketing. 

In  the  hot  season  horses  should,  if  possible,  be 
picketed  out  at  night  as  soon  as  it  gets  cool  in  the 
evening.  It  is  the  greatest  relief  to  an  animal  to 
be  brought  out  of  a  hot  stable  into  the  open  air, 
even  if  the  actual  temperature  is  no  less  than  in- 
doors. If  the  flies  or  mosquitos  are  troublesome, 
the  nets  sold  for  the  purpose  will  keep  them  off. 
If  the  net  is  not  suflicient,  a  fire  made  out  of  the 
stable  litter  on  the  windward  side  will  drive  them 
away,  and  horses  do  not  mind  smoke.     It  is  as  well 


AIR  AND  VENTILATION.  63 

to  have  a  regular  standing  made  with  mud,  in  the 
same  way  as  the  stable  flooring,  as  otherwise  the 
ground  soon  gets  broken  up  and  foul.  The  standing 
should  be  swept  clean  every  morning,  and  mended 
in  the  same  way  as  the  stable  floors  are. 

Bedding  (bechalie). 
There  is  nothing  better  than  clean  straw  for 
bedding,  and  it  is  a  great  mistake  to  stint  horses 
in  it.  If  a  good  deep  bed  is  given,  they  will 
lie  down  and  rest  themselves,  whereas,  if  there  is 
not  enough,  and  the  floor  feels  hard  through  it, 
they  will  walk  about  over  it,  and  far  more  will  be 
wasted  than  if  the  horse  was  lying  down  on  it. 
The  bedding  should  be  taken  up  every  morning, 
and  any  soiled  straw  removed.  It  should  be  well 
shaken  up  and  spread  out  in  the  sun  to  dry  and 
air,  and  at  night,  when  again  put  down  for  use, 
a  small  quantity  of  fresh  straw  added  to  it.  In 
wet  weather  the  bedding  can  be  aired  and  dried 
in  the  verandah.  All  soiled  straw  and  droppings 
should  be  at  once  removed  in  a  basket  (tokrie), 
which  should  be  provided  for  the  purpose;  and  it 
is  wonderful,  if  this  plan  is  adopted,  how  little 
fresh  straw  is  required  to  keep  the  horse  con- 
stantly supplied  with  a  good  bed;   and  nothing  is 


64  STABLE   MANAGEMENT. 

more  saving  to  the  wear  and  tear  of  the  legs  and 
feet  than  to  get  the  animal  to  lie  down  at  night. 
In  Australia  and  South  Africa  wheat  or  oat  straw 
can  be  obtained,  but  in  India  rice  straw  is  generally- 
used,  or  else  the  long  elephant  grass  that  grows  on 
the  banks  of  rivers  and  swampy  ]Dlaces.  Both  are 
good  enough  for  the  purpose,  only  they  are  brittle, 
and  more  is  required  than  when  wheat  straw  is 
used,  as  they  quickly  break  up. 


Sawdust  (Jjurradah). 

In  the  north  of  India  the  deodar,  or  Himalayan 
cedar  sawdust,  can  always  be  obtained  from  any 
of  the  timber  depots  on  the  banks  of  the  large 
rivers,  almost  for  the  expense  of  carting  it  away. 
It  makes  a  good  bed  if  straw  cannot  be  obtained, 
but  is  liable  to  stick  to  the  horse  and  get  in  under 
his  coat  if  at  all  long,  and  gives  much  more 
work  grooming.  It  is  also  more  troublesome  to 
remove  in  the  morning  to  air,  and  if  any  wind  is 
blowing  a  good  deal  gets  wasted.  If  used,  it  is  best 
to  liave  it  spread  out  in  one  stall  and  leave  it 
there,  only  using  it  at  night,  putting  the  horse  into 
another  during  the  daytime.  Any  sawdust  that  gets 
damp  or  soiled  should  be  at  once  removed,  as  it  very 
soon  begins  to  smell  badly. 


AIR  AND  VENTILATION.  65 

Shavings. 

Shavings  of  deodar  or  pine  can  also  be  obtained, 
but  they  require  to  be  carefully  sorted  out,  as  there 
are  likely  to  be  splinters  in  them,  and  in  lying  down 
the  horse  may  give  himself  a  bad  wound. 

Sand  (ret). 

Sand  can  be  obtained  anywhere  along  the  banks 
of  the  rivers  ;  but  it  is  hard,  and  does  not  form  a 
very  yielding  bed,  and  I  should  not  use  it  if  any- 
thing else  could  be  got.  It  requires  to  be  sifted, 
to  get  rid  of  the  pebbles  and  stones  it  contains. 
If  straw  is  scarce  and  sand  has  to  be  used,  the 
best  plan  is  to  put  a  layer  of  about  a  foot  of  sand 
over  the  floor,  and  a  thin  layer  of  straw  over  it ; 
this  will  make  a  much  softer  bed  than  the  sand 
alone. 

Horses  eating  Bedding. 

This  is  a  trick  some  horses  have,  and  from  which 
they  seldom  can  be  cured.  It  is  generally  the 
custom  to  put  a  muzzle  (chik-na)  on  them  at 
night;  but  this,  of  course,  stops  their  feeding  at 
all.  I  prefer  to  bed  them  down  with  sand,  sawdust, 
or  shavings,  and  leave  them  free  to  feed  at  night. 

F 


66  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

If  a  muzzle  is  used,  it  should  be  a  wire  one,  not 
leather,  as  these  get  very  foul  and  dirty,  and  inter- 
fere with  the  horse's  breathing,  which  the  wire  one 
does  not. 

Exercise. 

In  India  it  is  usual  to  exercise  ordinary  hacks, 
polo  ponies,  and  harness  horses,  not  doing  any 
special  work,  twice  a  day — morning  and  evening. 
The  length  of  time  they  are  out,  and  the  amount 
of  ground  they  cover,  is  very  variable — in  most 
cases  depending  on  whether  the  "syce"  is  in  a 
mood  to  take  exercise  or  not  himself.  They  usually 
take  horses  out  on  the  road  to  the  bazaar,  or  some 
favourite  meeting-place ;  and  it  is  not  an  uncommon 
thing  to  see  a  couple  of  dozen  horses,  belonging  to 
various  people,  standing  about,  while  their  respec- 
tive *'  syces "  are  sitting  about,  smoking  and  dis- 
cussing their  masters  and  various  bazaar  topics  of 
interest.  Under  these  circumstances  the  horses  do 
not  get  much  exercise;  and  many  a  mysterious  injury, 
that  cannot  be  accounted  for,  is  inflicted  by  their 
kicking  at  each  other  while  standing  about  in  this 
manner.  If  the  compound  is  large  enough,  it  is  a 
good  plan  to  make  a  ring  with  the  stable  litter 
and  have  the  horses  exercised  round  it.     You  can 


AIR  AND  VENTILATION.  67 

then  be  certain  they  are  getting  a  fair  amount  of 
work ;  but  a  large  ring  is  necessary,  and  if  there 
is  a  garden  it  spoils  the  compound.  Further- 
more, horses  get  into  a  very  careless,  slovenly  way 
of  walking  when  led  round  and  round  in  this 
monotonous  fashion  daily.  "  Syces  "  generally  lead 
horses  at  exercise,  and  most  horse-owners  will  not 
allow  them  to  ride ;  but  I  think  this  is  a  mistake, 
and  if  they  can  ride,  I  always  allow  them  to  do  so. 
If  they  lead  the  horse,  he  will  go  along  in  a  listless 
fashion,  and  walk  with  his  head  down,  stumbling 
at  every  step ;  whereas,  if  he  is  ridden,  he  will 
carry  his  head  up  and  go  in  a  much  more  lively 
and  collected  fashion,  and  it  being  much  pleasanter 
for  the  "syce"  to  ride  than  walk,  the  full  amount 
of  exercise  is  more  likely  to  be  taken.  "Syces" 
nearly  always  ride  at  exercise  bare-backed;  but 
they  should  be  made  use  a  folded  blanket  as  a 
pad,  kept  in  its  place  by  a  body-roller,  as  the 
anatomy  of  the  native  of  India  is  such  that,  without 
any  protection,  he  is  likely  to  give  the  horse  a  sore 
back.  They  should  also  only  be  let  use  a  snaffle 
bridle,  as  few  know  how  to  handle  a  double  one. 
When  at  exercise  knee-caps  should  be  worn.  These 
should  be  bought  from  a  European  saddler,  and  care 
be  taken  that  the  top  strap  is  fitted  with  a  piece  of 


68  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

indiarubber  in  the  middle,  to  allow  of  its  giving 
with  the  motion  of  the  limb.  If  there  is  not  this 
indiarubber  spring,  when  the  top  strap  is  buckled 
tight  enough  to  prevent  the  cap  slipping  down,  the 
motion  will  cause  it  to  rub  the  skin  at  the  back  of 
the  knee ;  and  I  have  seen  some  bad  abrasions,  that 
caused  temporary  lameness,  from  this  cause.  If  the 
top  strap  is  buckled  loose  enough  to  avoid  this  chaf- 
ing, then  the  knee-cap  won't  stay  up  in  its  proper 
place,  if  it  has  no  spring.  The  country-made  knee- 
caps sold  by  the  native  saddlers  seldom  are  fitted 
with  it;  and  if  they  are  they  cannot  be  relied  on, 
as  generally  the  indiarubber  is  bad  and  perished. 
The  lower  strap  of  the  knee-cap  should  be  buckled 
quite  loose,  it  being  only  required  to  keep  it  down 
and  prevent  it  flapping  about ;  but "  syces  "  are  very 
apt  to  draw  it  tight  also,  and  if  they  do,  it  is 
pretty  certain  to  cut  the  skin. 


GROOMING,  STABLE   GEAR,  Etc. 

Heel  Ropes  {pecharie). 

If  possible,  horses  should  be  left  loose,  which 
generally  can  be  done  in  India,  as  most  of  the  stables 
are  loose  boxes.  Sometimes  it  is  necessary  to  fasten 
them  up,  such  as  when  picketed  out  at  night  in  the 
hot  weather  or  on  the  march.  There  are  several 
plans  of  picketing,  each  having  its  advantages  and 
disadvantages ;  but  as  these  generally  apply  to  mili- 
tary animals,  I  will  merely  mention  those  com- 
monly used  in  private  stables.  The  most  common 
plan  is  to  fasten  the  horse  up  with  head  and  heel 
ropes,  to  wooden  pegs  driven  into  the  ground. 
Heel  ropes  (pecharie)  consist  of  either  two  ropes 
about  twelve  feet  long,  ending  in  a  single  one, 
so  as  to  be  Y-shaped,  the  single  one  being  fastened 
to  a  wooden  peg  (make)  driven  into  the  ground, 
and  the  two  arms  to  the  horse's  hind  fetlocks  by 
means  of  leather  straps,  called  "  muzzumas."  These 
straps  are  loops   of  rope  covered  with  leather,   to 


70  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

one  end  of  which  the  heel  rope  is  tied,  and  into 
which  the  hind  foot  is  .slipped,  being  secured  by  a 
flat  leather  thong  wound  round  the  middle  of  it 
behind  the  fetlock  joint  to  prevent  its  slipping  off. 
The  strap  is  then  of  a  fig.  8,  or  hour-glass  shape, 
the  heel  rope  being  tied  in  one  loop,  the  foot  placed 
in  the  ^  other,  the  thong  forming  the  neck  or  con- 
striction. These,  I  think,  are  the  best  form  of 
leather  foot  strap ;  but  in  buying  them  care  should 
be  taken  that  the  stitching  of  the  leather  is  on 
the  outside,  as  if  it  is  on  the  inside,  where  natives 
often  put  it,  it  is  very  likely  to  rub  the  skin  and 
cause  a  bad  cracked  heel.  Another  form  of  "  muz- 
zuma'*  is  made  out  of  stiff  flat  leather  lined  with 
felt.  This  has  a  slip  loop  going  round  it,  with 
a  buckle  on  one  side  and  a  strap  on  the  other, 
that  runs  along  the  centre.  The  heel  rope  is  tied 
to  one  end,  the  foot  put  into  the  other,  and  when 
the  strap  is  buckled  tightly,  the  running  loop  is 
drawn  close  up  to  the  heel,  so  as  to  keep  the  whole 
arrangement  in  its  place.  This  form  of  "  muzzuma  " 
is  the  usual  kind  sold ;  but  it  is  objectionable,  as  the 
edges  get  stiff  and  hard,  and  are  likely  to  cut  the 
heel,  which  the  round  ones  do  not.  Both  sorts  of 
leather  "  muzzumas  '*  require  to  be  kept  soft  and 
pliable  with  dubbing  (momrogan),  which  "syces" 


GROOMING,  STABLE  GEAR,  ETC.      71 

never  think  necessary.  I,  however,  prefer  those 
made  out  of  plaited  hemp  or  tow.  They  are  merely 
a  band  of  loosely  plaited  tow,  about  eighteen  inches 
long,  the  heel  rope  being  fastened  to  one  end, 
and  secured  by  a  string  or  tape  just  behind  the 
fetlock ;  they  are  much  softer  than  the  leather  ones, 
and  quite  as  strong.  The  disadvantage,  however,  is 
that  they  soon  wear  out,  but  they  are  very  cheap ; 
in  fact,  the  "  syces  "  can  make  them  themselves  out 
of  the  raw  hemp  or  tow  (sun).  They  are  used 
by  many  of  the  native  cavalry  regiments  in  India 
in  preference  to  the  leather  ones.  The  heel  ropes 
can  be  made  out  of  one  long  rope  doubled,  a  "  muz- 
zuma "  fastened  to  each  free  end,  and  the  doubled 
portion  to  a  tent-peg.  When  heel  ropes  are  used, 
one  should  be  put  on  each  hind  leg  ;  it  is  dangerous 
to  only  put  on  one,  and  I  have  seen  more  than 
one  fractured  thigh  caused  by  this.  If  the  heel 
ropes  are  on  both  hind  legs,  and  the  horse  kicks, 
he  has  to  do  so  straight  into  the  air,  as  there  is 
equal  restraint  on  both  ;  but  if  there  is  only  one, 
the  unequal  check  of  the  single  rope  is  likely  to 
cause  a  fracture.  If  allowed,  "  syces  "  will  always 
pull  the  heel  ropes  so  tight  as  to  stretch  the  horse 
out ;  they  should  be  loose  enough  to  allow  him  to 
stand  in  a  natural  position. 


72  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Head  Ropes  {aghari). 

Head  ropes  should  be  fastened  to  the  ring  on 
the  head  collar  (nukta)  under  the  chin.  There 
should  either  be  two  separate  ropes,  one  end  of 
each  fastened  to  the  ring,  or  oi;:e  long  one  doubled 
in  the  middle,  the  central  portion  fastened  to  the 
ring,  and  the  two  ends  to  two  wooden  pegs  driven 
into  the  ground  about  three  or  four  feet  on  each  side 
of  the  horse's  head.  If  only  a  single  rope  is  used,  it 
must,  naturally,  be  fastened  to  a  peg  straight  in  front, 
and,  to  allow  the  horse  to  move  his  head  up  and 
down,  must  be  loose.  When  fastened  in  this  way 
he  is  exceedingly  likely  to  get  his  fore  leg  over  the 
rope  and  get  hung  up  in  it,  a  nasty  wound  in  the 
heel  or  at  the  back  of  the  knee  being  the  result,  if 
nothing  worse ;  whereas,  if  the  ropes  are  pegged  out 
on  each  side,  he  can  move  about  freely,  and  it  would 
be  difficult  for  him  to  get  his  leg  over  them.  Both 
head  and  heel  ropes  should  be  made  of  hemp ;  the 
cotton  rope  used  in  India  for  most  purposes  is  not 
strong  enough,  and  soon  breaks  and  wears  out.  In 
Peshawur  and  along  the  north-west  frontier,  a  rope 
is  made  of  goat  hair  that  is  very  strong,  and  is 
excellent  for  this  purpose.  It  is  somewhat  more 
expensive  than  ordinary  rope,  but  with  care  will  last 


GROOMING,   STABLE  GEAR,   ETC.  73 

a  long  time,  and  will  amply  repay  itself.  Both  head 
and  heel  ropes  sliould  be  tied  to  the  pegs  in  a  slip- 
knot, so  that  with  a  single  pull  horses  can  be  set 
free  when  necessary.  "Syces"  will  usually  tie 
them  in  a  jam-knot,  and  horses  struggling  to  get 
loose  when  frightened  very  often  badly  injure  them- 
selves before  they  can  be  set  free. 

Fetlock  Picketing. 

A  method  of  picketing  horses  was  introduced  into 
the  Indian  army  some  years  ago,  by  dispensing  with 
head  ropes  and  using  a  short  chain  shackle  about 
three  feet  long,  buckled  round  one  of  the  fore  fet- 
locks, and  fastened  to  a  peg  driven  into  the  ground. 
This  was  chiefly  done  with  the  object  of  reducing 
the  weight  carried,  and  with  animals  used  for  military 
purposes,  doubtless  fulfilled  the  purpose,  but  in  a 
private  stable  I  fail  to  see  its  advantages  over  the 
other  plan. 

Picketing  Posts. 

When  horses  are  picketed  outside  the  stable,  and 
there  is  space  enough,  picketing  posts  are  the  most 
preferable  method,  as  they  allow  greater  freedom 
than  any  other.     A  stout  smooth  post,  about  five  or 


74  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

six  inches  in  diameter,  is  driven  several  feet  into  the 
ground,  so  that  it  is  five  or  six  feet  above  the  surface, 
a  strong  iron  ring  is  slipped  over  it,  and  to  this  the 
head  rope  is  made  fast ;  no  heel  ropes  are  used,  and 
the  horse  can  move  round  it  as  he  pleases.  The 
post  must  be  smooth,  so  that  there  is  nothing  for 
the  ring  to  catch  in,  and  when  put  into  the  ground 
the  point  should  be  put  into  the  fire  and  charred,  or 
covered  with  kerosene  oil,  to  keep  off  the  white  ants. 
It  will  also  have  to  be  examined  occasionally  to  see 
that  it  is  not  damaged  or  rotten.  The  only  draw- 
back to  this  plan  is  that,  if  there  are  several  horses, 
a  considerable  space  is  necessary,  as  they  must  be 
far  enough  apart  to  prevent  their  kicking  at  each 
other. 

Ringing. 

In  South  Africa  and  the  colonies  horses  are 
picketed  by  the  method  known  as  "  ringing,"  the 
head  rope  of  one  being  fastened  to  the  head  collar  of 
the  next,  and  so  on,  till  the  head  rope  of  the  last  is  in 
its  turn  fastened  to  the  head  collar  of  the  first,  their 
heads  forming  a  ring  looking  inwards.  Colonial 
horses  will  stand  like  this  for  hours  together ;  but 
they  are  very  quiet,  and  behave  in  a  different  way 
to  the  Indian  country-bred.     I  have  seen  the  same 


GROOMING,   STABLE  GEAR,   ETC.  75 

plan  used  in  a  cavalry  regiment  of  the  Italian  army 
on  the  march  near  Milan. 

Rheims. 

In  South  Africa  head  ropes  are  made  of  prepared 
raw  hide  called  "  rheims."  They  are  prepared  hy 
the  Kaffir  women  out  of  raw  ox  hide,  and  are  very 
strong  and  supple,  and  are  excellent  for  the  purpose. 

Knee-haltering. 

Knee-haltering  is  also  a  South  African  plan  of 
securing  horses  when  turned  out  to  graze.  The  fore 
leg  is  lifted  up,  so  that  the  forearm  from  the  elbow 
to  the  knee  is  parallel  to  the  ground.  The  head  rope, 
or  "rheim,"  is  then  fastened  above  the  knee,  the 
head  being  pulled  a  little  downwards.  The  horse  is 
then  turned  out  to  graze  on  the  veldt,  and  when  his 
head  is  down  feeding  he  can  use  his  limbs  and  walk 
about  as  he  likes,  but  as  soon  as  he  puts  up  his  head 
to  trot  or  gallop  the  fore  leg  is  pulled  up,  and  he  has 
only  three  to  go  on,  and  can  easily  be  caught. 

Shackles  (bheri). 
The   natives   of   India   use   iron  shackles,   much 
like  handcuffs,  to   fasten   with  a   key  round   both 
fore  fetlocks  of  horses  when  turned  out  loose ;  but 


76  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

they  are  not  a  desirable  invention,  and  in  young 
animals  are  very  likely  to  cause  ringbones.  But  this, 
I  think,  is  on  account  of  their  clumsy  shape  and 
being  constantly  worn,  as  I  believe  shackles  made  out 
of  round  iron  that  shut  with  a  spring  were  used  by  the 
Canadian  mounted  police  at  one  time  when  turning 
their  horses  out,  and  they  found  they  did  not  chafe 
and  rub  so  much  as  leather  ones  did.  It  was  found 
that  even  moving  through  the  wet  grass  the  steel 
hobbles  were  polished,  kept  bright,  and  required  no 
attention,  whereas  the  leather  ones  perished  and 
became  hard,  and  gave  constant  trouble  unless  care- 
fully looked  after.  I  have  never  tried  this  plan  my- 
self, for  I  have  found  the  Cape  system  of  knee- 
haltering  when  turning  animals  out  to  graze  the 
best  I  have  yet  come  across. 

Picketing-pegs  {make). 
Picketing-pegs  should  be  made  out  of  hard  wood 
about  eighteen  inches  to  two  feet  long;  iron  ones 
are  dangerous.  They  should  be  driven  into  the 
ground  in  a  slanting  direction,  the  point  towards 
and  the  head  away  from  the  animal,  to  resist 
the  strain  on  it.  If  there  are  no  tent-pegs,  or  the 
ground  is  so  soft  that  there  is  no  holding  for  them, 
a  hole  a  couple  of  feet  deep  can  be  dug,  and  a  bundle 


GROOMING,   STABLE  GEAR,  ETC.  77 

of  stmw  or  a  couple  of  tent-pegs  tied  crossways 
buried  in  it,  the  earth  trodden  down,  and  the  rope 
brought  out  at  the  surface.  This  will  give  ample 
holding,  and  may  be  practically  tested,  for  although 
a  vertical  pull  will  easily  bring  it  up,  the  strongest 
man  will  fail  to  move  it  if  the  strain  is  horizontal. 

Leading-ropes  {hagh  dime). 

Leading-ropes  are  things  that  ruin  half  the  horses' 
mouths  in  India,  and  I  never  let  such  a  thing  into 
the  stable.  If  they  are  used  as  they  were  originally 
intended  to  be,  that  is,  buckled  into  the  ring  of 
the  snaffle  or  watering  bridle  to  lead  the  horse 
with,  they  do  no  harm;  but  it  is  impossible  to 
prevent  "  syces  "  from  passing  them  over  the  head 
and  then  back  through  both  rings,  so  as  to  form 
a  gag,  and  this  they  hang  on  to.  I  always  make 
them  use  a  leading-chain,  which  is  a  leather  strap 
with  about  a  foot  of  chain  and  a  snap-hook  at 
the  end  of  it.  The  hook  fastens  into  the  ring  of 
the  snaffle,  and  they  cannot  well  pass  the  strap 
over  the  head  to  turn  it  into  a  gag.  It  seems  im- 
possible to  teach  a  "  syce  "  how  to  lead  a  horse  in  a 
watering  bridle,  and  I  find  these  chains  the  best 
compromise. 


78  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Brushes  and  Gear. 

The  grooming  utensils  required  in  an  Indian  stable 
are  very  simple :  a  horse-brush,  curry-comb,  bucket, 
some  dusters,  and  a  hoof-picker,  being  the  sum  total ; 
but  only  one  of  these  last  is  required  among  five  or 
six  horses.  It  is  best  to  get  English  bristle  brushes, 
they  last  out  two  of  the  native  fibre  ones,  and  are 
very  little  more  expensive.  Good  horse-brushes  are 
made  by  several  firms  in  Cawnpore,  and,  of  course, 
when  a  large  number  are  used,  the  saving  is  con- 
siderable if  the  country-made  article  is  bought,  but 
where  only  a  small  number  are  required,  this  is  a 
false  economy. 

Curry-combs. 

These  an  Indian  "  syce  "  cannot  get  on  without, 
and  although  he  only  uses  it  to  wear  out  the 
brush,  still,  after  all,  it  does  not  do  so  very  much 
harm ;  but  a  bad,  lazy  man,  if  he  is  not  prevented, 
will  use  it  to  scrape  the  dirt  off  the  horse  with. 
Country-breds  are  generally  very  thin-skinned,  and 
feel  the  comb  very  much  if  scarified  with  it,  as 
the  "  syce  "  is  very  fond  of  doing  ;  and  I  am  positive 
that  this  practice  in  many  cases  has  to  account 
for  much  of  the  proverbial  bad  temper  of  these 
animals.     The  curry-comb  should  never  be  put  on 


GROOMING,  STABLE  GEAR,  ETC.      79 

the  horse's  body  at  all,  and  in  reality  it  is  useless. 
If  it  can  be  managed,  it  is  best  not  to  give  the 
"  syces  "  such  things,  the  only  use  of  them  being  to 
clean  the  brush  with,  and  this  can  be  done  just  as 
well  with  the  palm  of  the  left  hand,  and  the  brush 
does  not  wear  out  so  quickly  ;  but  it  is  the  custom 
to  use  the  comb,  and  it  is  hard  to  prevent  it. 


Buckets  (balfi). 

Buckets  can  be  bought  anywhere.  Zinc  ones  are 
better  than  tin,  although  perhaps  a  little  more  ex- 
pensive ;  one  should  be  provided  for  each  horse. 


Dusters  (jharans). 

Dusters  are  things  that  native  servants  of  every 
sort  seem  to  consume  in  enormous  quantities,  and 
unless  some  check  is  put  on  it,  the  number  used  at 
the  end  of  the  month  will  be  astonishing.  Either 
the  old  one  should  be  produced  before  another  is 
given,  or  else  some  contract  be  given  to  them  to  pro- 
vide them  for  themselves;  but  the  former  plan  is 
the  best;  if  the  contract  system  is  adopted,  filthy 
rags  will  be  used.  They  are  luckily  exceedingly 
cheap,  and  are  made  nearly  everywhere. 


80  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Hoof -picker  (sum  khodna), 

A  hoof-picker  can  be  made  out  of  almost  any 
piece  of  rod-iron,  and  one  should  be  hung  up  in 
every  stable.  One  for  every  four  or  five  horses  is 
enough. 

Clothing  {gurclaine). 

In  Northern  India,  if  horses  are  not  clipped  they 
require  in  the  winter  at  least  two  thick  rugs,  and  if 
they  are  clipped  an  extra  one,  as  the  climate  from 
November  to  the  end  of  February  is  bitterly  cold. 
The  ordinary  country  clothing,  made  out  of  "mundah," 
and  sold  in  the  bazaars,  called  "  jhools,'*  keeps  horses 
warm  and  answers  its  purpose,  and  is  cheap — a  rug 
of  this  material  costing  about  Rs.  3 ;  but  I  think 
myself  that  it  is  false  economy  to  get  it,  and  that 
the  horse-clothing  made  at  the  Muir  or  Elgin  mills 
at  Cawnpore,  or  the  Egerton  mills  at  Dhariwal,  in 
the  Punjab,  although  perhaps  at  first  somewhat  more 
expensive,  will  in  the  end  be  found  the  cheapest,  as 
with  care  one  suit  of  this  will  last  many  years, 
whereas  the  country  clothing  is  seldom  much  good 
after  a  second  winter's  wear.  This  clothing  is  made 
in  all  sorts  of  colours,  and  turned  out  in  suits,  and 
is   every   bit  as    good    as    English    manufactured. 


GROOMING,   STABLE  GEAR,   ETC.  81 

Country  blankets  (kumbal)  can  also  be  got ;  and  the 
condemned  soldiers'  blankets,  that  are  periodically 
sold  by  the  military  authorities,  make  excellent  horse- 
rugs.  I  always  think  it  best  to  get  regular  horse- 
clothing  shaped  and  pieced  out  at  the  neck  to  buckle 
across  the  chest,  or,  at  all  events,  to  have  one  rug 
like  this,  even  if  the  rest  are  ordinary  square  blankets, 
as  the  shaped  clothing  protects  the  front  of  the 
chest,  which  the  square  blanket  will  not  do.  The 
blanket  can  be  used  in  the  daytime,  and  the  rug  on 
the  top  at  night,  buckling  across  the  chest,  as  leaving 
this  part  of  the  body  exposed  is  a  fruitful  source  of 
coughs  and  colds.  Aprons,  breast-pieces,  and  quarter- 
cords  are  seldom  seen  in  India,  except  on  race  horses, 
and  then  only  as  a  fancy  matter. 

V 

Hoods  (JchansllJ(t). 

Hoods  with  hacks,  harness  horses,  and  polo  ponies 
are  not  often  required ;  but  if  horses  are  sensitive 
to  cold,  particularly  if  they  are  standing  out  at 
night,  they  are  no  doubt  a  great  protection.  They 
are  made  up  of  the  same  material  as  the  country 
"jliool,"  and  they  also  can  be  got  to  match  the 
clothing  made  at  any  of  the  woollen  mills.  In  any 
case  it  is  a  good  thing  to  have  a  spare  hood  in  the 
stable,  even  if  it  is  not  habitually  used,  as  when 

G 


82  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

a  horse  begins  to  cough  if  at  once  put  on  a  severe 
cold  is  often  averted. 

Body-rollers  (paities,  oxfarahis). 

Body-rollers  are  sold  in  the  bazaar  shops  of  native 
manufacture,  but  are  most  flimsy,  and  I  strongly 
advise  that  either  English  ones,  or  else  those  made 
by  any  of  the  manufacturers  of  leather  goods  at 
Cawnpore,  which  are  nearly  as  good  as  English 
ones,  be  used,  although  they  may  at  first  be  a  little 
more  expensive.  The  coumion  country  rollers  are 
always  breaking,  and  never  being  properly  stuffed, 
the  webbing  in  the  centre  of  the  two  pads  presses 
on  the  ridge  of  the  spine  when  the  roller  is  buckled 
up.  There  is  no  more  fruitful  cause  of  sore  backs 
than  this,  especially  if  horses  are  at  all  thin  and 
standing  out  in  the  open.  "  Syces  "  have  a  trick 
of  pulling  up  the  straps  of  the  roller  as  tight  as 
possible,  and  if  it  gets  wet  with  the  dew  or  rain  it 
shrinks  up,  and  the  tight  webbing  cuts  and  pinches 
the  skin  over  the  backbone,  causing  a  sore  back. 
With  a  properly  made  roller  the  pressure  is  taken 
on  the  sides  of  the  back  by  the  two  pads,  and  the 
webbing  does  not  come  in  contact  with  the  skin  at 
all.  In  any  case,  if  the  horses  are  standing  out  in 
the  open  at  night,  it  is  always  advisable  to  go  round 


GROOMING,  STABLE  GEAR,  ETC.      83 

the  last  thiug  and  let  the  roller  out  a  hole  or  two. 
If  country  rollers  are  used,  direct  pressure  of  the 
webbing  on  the  spine  can  be  taken  off  by  putting  a 
folded  up  duster  or  a  handful  of  straw  under  it.  If 
the  back  has  been  pinched  or  rubbed  the  roller 
should  be  left  off,  and  the  blankets  or  clothing  kept 
in  their  place  by  a  couple  of  tapes  or  pieces  of  string 
stitched  to  the  edge  of  each  and  tied  under  the  body. 

Bandages  {paltie). 

Woollen  bandages  on  the  legs  greatly  add  to  the 
horse's  comfort  when  standing  out  on  a  cold  night. 
The  ordinary  ones  sold  in  the  bazaar  answer  well 
enough,  only  they  are  generally  a  little  too  wide 
and  not  long  enough.  The  bandage  should  be  put 
on  commencing  from  below  and  finishing  under 
the  knee  or  hock,  and  not  in  the  reverse  direc- 
tion, commencing  above,  as  is  often  done.  The 
tapes  should  be  tied  in  a  bow  outside.  What  is 
known  as  the  Newmarket  bandage,  made  out  of  a 
semi-elastic  woollen  material,  is  an  excellent  one. 
It  stretches  somewhat  when  put  on  the  leg,  and  gives 
it  support.  They,  however,  are  somewhat  expensive 
— about  Es.  4  a  set — but  with  ordinary  care  will 
outlast  several  pairs  of  country  ones.  A  good 
bandage   is  made   by  the  Muir   Mills  Company  at 


84  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Cawnpore  out  of  the  cotton  webbing  called  "  newar  "  ; 
they  are  very  cheap  and  good,  but  are  not  so  warm 
as  the  cotton  ones. 

Summer  Clothing. 

This  is  rather  a  superfluity,  and,  unless  with  race 
horses,  is  not  usually  indulged  in,  for  at  the  time  it 
could  be  worn  it  generally  is  so  hot  that  the  less 
the  horse  has  on  him  the  better.  Usually  one  of 
the  blankets  used  in  the  winter  is  kept  to  throw 
over  him  when  standing  about,  or  when  walking 
back  from  work.  Drill  summer  clothing  can  be 
obtained  at  any  of  the  woollen  mills  in  India  in  a 
variety  of  patterns,  or  a  native  tailor  (durzie)  will 
make  it  up  in  your  own  verandah  if  you  give 
him  a  pattern.  At  least  two  suits  per  horse  are 
required,  as  it  very  soon  gets  dirty  in  the  warm 
season  and  requires  washing. 

Eye  Fringes  {makleara). 

Eye  fringes  are  absolutely  necessary  in  India, 
and  are  used  in  parts  of  Australia  to  protect  the 
eyes  from  the  flies.  They  are  fastened  on  to  the 
cheek  strap  of  the  head  collar  with  a  small  tab  and 
button-hole  in  place  of  a  brow  band,  and  have  a 
fringe  of  either  leather  or  cotton  cords  that  hang 


GROOMING,   STABLE  GEAR,   ETC.    v  «^') 

down  over  the  eyes  halfway  to  the  nose.  I  prefer 
the  cord  ones  ;  the  fringes  are  always  flat  and  in 
contact  with  the  face,  whereas  the  leather  ones  are 
liable  to  curl  up  at  the  ends  and  allow  the  flies  to 
get  underneath.  The  cotton  ones  are  easier  mended 
than  the  leather. 

Fly  Whisks  {chaune), 

I  always  give  each  "  syce "  a  fly  whisk  to  keep 
flies  off  tlie  horse  while  at  exercise,  or  when  he 
is  holding  liim  anywhere.  They  are  very  cheap, 
last  a  long  time,  and  if  not  provided,  the  "syce" 
will  arm  himself  with  a  dirty  duster  or  rag  of 
some  sort  for  the  purpose.  I  may,  perhaps,  be  too 
sensitive  on  this  point,  but  to  see  a  dirty  rag 
flourished  about  an  otherwise  well-turned-out  animal 
is  to  me  a  great  eyesore. 

Cleaning  Horse  Clothing,  and  Storing  it  in  the 
Summer. 

It  never  enters  the  head  of  a  ''syce"  that 
clothing  requires  to  be  cleaned.  It  should  be  fre- 
quently hung  out  in  the  sun  and  well  beaten  with 
a  stick,  like  a  carpet  is,  and  then  well  brushed  on 
both  sides  with  a  stiff  clothes-brush.  If  necessary, 
it   should   be  laid   out    flat   and   scrubbed   with   a 


86  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

brush  and  soap  and  water,  rinsed  out  with  cold 
water,  as  hot  will  make  it  shrink,  and  then,  when 
dry  again,  beaten  and  brushed.  The  straps  on  pieced 
rugs  should  have  some  dubbing  (momrogan)  now 
and  again  rubbed  into  them,  to  prevent  their  getting 
hard  and  the  leather  perishing.  Summer  clothing 
should  be  sent  to  the  washerman  (dhobie)  to  be 
washed.  During  the  summer  months  woollen  cloth- 
ing should  be  first  cleaned,  and  then  folded  up  and 
put  away,  some  camphor,  pepper,  and  leaves  of  the 
"  neem  "  tree,  that  grows  in  every  garden  in  Northern 
India,  being  placed  between  the  folds  to  keep  off 
the  moths.  They  should  be  folded  away  on  the  top 
of  a  box,  board,  or  table,  or  somewhere  raised  off  the 
ground,  to  be  out  of  the  way  of  the  white  ants,  and 
once  a  week  be  unfolded  and  hung  out  in  the  sun 
to  air  for  a  few  hours,  folded  up,  and  stored  away 
again.  There  is  no  occasion  to  waste  the  spices 
that  are  with  them ;  if  they  are  carefully  unfolded 
over  some  newspapers,  the  whole  can  be  collected 
and  used  again. 

Numdahs. 

If  used  at  all,  felt  numdahs  should  have  a  plain 
edge,  and  not  be  bound  with  coloured  tape,  as  they 
so  often  are ;  particularly  the  cheaper  ones,  that  are 


GROOMING,  STABLE  GEAR,  ETC.      87 

sold  by  native  saddlers.  I  have  frequently  seen 
sore  backs  caused  by  this  tape  binding,  as  well  as 
the  hair  in  white  horses  discoloured  by  the  edge. 
When  put  on,  the  numdah  should  be  well  pulled 
up  into  the  arcli  of  the  saddle,  particularly  in  front. 
The  common  practice  is  to  put  the  numdah  flat  on 
the  back,  and  then  the  saddle  on  the  top  of  it,  so 
that  when  the  weight  comes  on  it,  the  numdah  gets 
tight  and  is  stretched,  and  is  a  common  cause  of 
sore  backs  and  galled  withers.  When  taken  off  the 
horse's  back,  the  numdah  should  be  spread  out  in 
the  sun  to  dry  ;  it  should  then  be  beaten  with  a 
stick  and  brushed  with  a  hard  brush  to  get  the  dry 
caked  perspiration  out  of  it,  and  to  bring  the  nap 
of  the  felt  up  again.  If  this  is  not  done  it  will  get 
as  hard  as  a  board,  and  neglected  numdahs  are 
certain  to  give  sore  backs.  If  the  saddle  is  properly 
stuffed  and  fitted  to  the  horse's  back,  a  numdah  is 
not  required,  the  only  use  of  it  being  to  save  the 
lining  of  the  saddle,  and  for  this  purpose  I  prefer  a 
leather  one. 

Grooming  {maUfih), 
Grooming  is  an  art  that  native  grooms  excel  in. 
They  have  infinite  patience,  and  their  long  supple 
fingers  are  peculiarly  adapted  for  the  work.    They, 


88  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

furthermore,  are  used  to  it,  for  every  Oriental  is  an 
adept  at  shampooing  or  massage,  constantly  doing 
it  to  their  own  limbs  and  those  of  their  friends. 
When  the  horse  comes  in  from  work  the  bridle 
should  be  taken  off  him,  hung  up  on  a  peg,  and 
a  watering  bridle  put  into  his  mouth,  the  stirrup 
irons  run  up  to  the  top  of  the  leathers,  and  the 
girths  slackened.  If  there  is  a  breast-plate  it  can 
be  taken  off,  but  the  saddle  should  not  be  re- 
moved till  the  back  gets  cool.  According  to  the 
season  of  the  year,  a  light  or  warm  rug  should  be 
thrown  over  the  quarters,  and  the  horse  walked 
about  till  he  gets  cool.  If  there  is  much  mud 
sticking  on  him,  it  can  be  rubbed  off  with  a  wisp 
of  straw  before  the  brush  is  used.  Horses  should 
not  be  washed,  or,  if  they  are,  only  under  very 
exceptional  circumstances,  when  specially  ordered. 
It  is,  however,  a  favourite  practice  among  "  syces," 
as  it  saves  a  good  deal  of  trouble ;  and  it  is  much 
easier  to  wash  off  mud  and  dirt  than  to  remove  it 
with  the  brush,  as  ought  to  be  done ;  they  are  also 
very  apt  to  use  the  curry-comb  for  this  purpose. 
When  the  horse  is  cool  he  should  be  gone  over 
with  the  brush,  to  remove  what  dirt  is  remain- 
ing, and  when  this  is  finished  the  process  should 
be  repeated  with  the  hands,  the  palm  and  bend  of 


GROOMING,   STABLE  GEAR,   ETC.  89 

the  wrist  being  used  for  this  purpose.  If  it  is  the 
hot  weather,  the  grooming  had  best  be  done  out-of- 
doors  ;  but  in  winter  it  is  best  to  do  it  in  the  stable, 
as  in  Northern  India  there  is  a  cold  wind  blowing 
even  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  and  if  exposed  to  it 
horses  are  liable  to  catch  cold.  As  soon  as  the 
grooming  is  finished,  which  with  a  clipped  horse 
can  be  done  in  about  half  an  hour,  the  clothing 
and  bandages  should  be  put  on,  and,  if  it  is  evening, 
the  bed  put  down.  Even  if  not  worked,  this  process 
of  grooming  should  take  place  twice  a  day — before 
the  morning  and  evening  feed. 

Wisps  and  Grooming  Pads. 

Straw  wisps  or  leather  pads  are  particularly  useful 
in  developing  the  muscle  of  a  thin  animal,  or  bring- 
ing the  skin  into  order  when  it  has  been  neglected. 
The  wisps  are  made  by  twisting  some  of  the  bedding 
straw  together  into  a  rope  about  three  feet  long. 
This  is  then  doubled  in  the  middle  and  again 
twisted,  so  as  to  form  a  flat  pad.  Two  of  these 
wisps  are  used,  one  in  each  hand,  and  they  are 
alternately  brought  down  with  a  slight  slap  and 
drawing  motion  in  the  direction  of  the  hair,  the 
whole  body  being  massaged  witli  them.  It  is  some- 
times a  good  plan,  if  there  is  much  dirt  in  the  coat. 


90  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

to  cover  the  pad  with  a  damp  duster ;  the  dirt  seems 
to  stick  to  it.  This  is  particularly  useful  when 
horses  are  changing  their  coats ;  the  hair  sticks  to 
the  damp  cloth,  and  the  old  coat  is  brought  out 
quicker  than  it  otherwise  would  be.  The  grooming 
pads  are  used  in  the  same  way.  They  are  two 
circles  of  leather  about  four  or  five  inches  in 
diameter,  joined  together  with  a  strip  of  chamois 
leather  about  three  inches  wide,  so  as  to  form  a 
pad  or  cushion,  that  is  stuffed  with  tow.  On  one 
side  a  piece  of  leather  or  webbing  is  stitched  at 
each  end,  sufficiently  loose  to  allow  the  hand  to  be 
slipped  under  it  in  the  same  way  as  the  horse  brusli. 
Two  of  these  pads  are  used,  and  the  skin  beaten  or 
massaged  by  each  hand  alternately.  Although,  per- 
haps, at  first  horses  are  fidgety,  when  they  get 
used  to  it  they  appear  to  enjoy  it  \  and  it  has  the 
advantage  of  letting  the  owner  know,  if  he  is  not  in 
sight,  that  the  "syce"  is  working  by  the  noLse  he 
makes. 

Hand-rubbing. 

If  horses  are  inclined  to  get  filled  on  swollen  legs, 
the  tendons  should  be  well  hand-rubbed  for  fiSQ 
minutes  at  each  grooming  hour.  This  hand-rubbing 
sliould  commence  from  tlie  lower  portion  of  the  limb 


GROOMING,   STABLE  GEAR,   ETC.  91 

and  be  continued  upwards,  not  in  the  reverse  direc- 
tion, which  is  tlie  usual  practice.  The  limb  should 
be  lifted  up,  and  the  fingers  worked  with  a  kneading 
motion  behind  the  tendons. 

Washing. 

The  feet,  mane  and  tail  are  the  only  parts  that 
should  ever  be  washed,  unless  specially  ordered,  and 
then  as  seldom  as  possible.  When  the  feet  are 
washed,  great  care  should  ])e  taken  that  they  are 
carefully  dried  afterwards,  and  bandages  put  on,  as 
leaving  the  legs  wet  is  one  of  the  chief  causes  of 
cracked  heels,  more  especially  in  the  winter  months, 
if  there  is  a  dry  cold  wind  blowing.  If  soap  is  used, 
it  should  be  soft-soap;  or,  better  still,  the  soap 
nut,  or  "  reita."  This  is  a  berry,  the  shell  or  outer 
covering  of  which,  when  soaked  in  water,  swells  up 
into  a  sticky  mass,  that  lathers  like  soap,  and  by 
natives  of  India  is  used  for  washing  purposes. 

Uneven  Manes. 

When  the  mane  gets  ragged  and  uneven,  it  should 
be  carefully  brushed  down  four  or  five  times  a  day 
with  a  damp  water  brush,  to  make  it  lie  flat.  The 
long  hairs  on  the  under  side  next  the  neck  should  be 
pulled  out,  so  that  the  mane  is  thinned,  and  the 


92  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

lower  part  lies  in  a  perfect  curve  along  the  neck. 
Some  horses  object,  and  are  a  little  troublesome 
during  this  process ;  but,  if  it  is  done  gradually,  it 
can  be  easily  accomplished.  The  long  hairs  in  the 
mane  should  never  be  cut,  unless  it  is  intended  to 
clip  it  off  altogether,  and  make  it  into  a  "  hogged  " 
mane.  If  the  mane  will  not  lie  down  flat  with  an 
even  sweep,  it  can  be  covered  with  a  cake  of  mud 
for  four  or  five  days,  when  it  should  be  removed,  and 
renewed  if  necessary.  Being  dry,  it  will  crack,  and 
the  pieces  can  be  easily  knocked  off,  and  the  dust 
brushed  out.  The  mud  cake  generally  has  the 
desired  effect  after  having  been  applied  four  or  live 
times. 

Hogged  Manes. 

The  manes  of  polo  ponies  and  cobs  it  is  the  fashion 
to  "  hog,"  or  cut  off  close  to  the  neck.  It  is  best  to 
leave  the  forelock,  as  it  gives  a  certain  protection 
against  the  flies  and  glare  of  the  sun ;  also,  to  leave 
a  lock  of  hair  on  the  wither,  to  grasp  with  the  hand 
when  mounting.  The  best  implement  to  hog  a  mane 
with  is  a  pair  of  ordinary  horse-clippers,  but  don't 
use  a  new  pair,  or  they  will  get  spoiled  ;  old  ones 
that  are  no  use  for  the  rest  of  the  body,  do  well 
enoudi.     It  is  best  to  sit  on  the  animal's  back  when 


(BROOMING,   STABLE  GEAE,    ETC.  93 

the  mane  is  being  hogged,  and  to  cut  forwards  ;  the 
liair  will  be  cut  much  smoother,  and  a  neater  job 
made  of  it  than  when  standing  on  the  ground  at 
the  side. 

Ragged  Legs. 

If  the  horse  is  not  clipped,  the  long  hairs  at  the 
back  of  the  legs  look  very  unsightly.  They  should 
be  pulled  out,  not  cut  off.  If  a  little  powdered  resin 
is  rubbed  on  the  finger  and  thumb,  the  hair  will 
stick  to  it,  and  come  out  much  more  easily,  and  the 
legs  will  have  a  smooth,  even  appearance,  which  can 
never  be  attained  if  they  are  cut  off  with  scissors, 
no  matter  how  carefully  this  is  done;  there  will 
always  be  jagged  ridges  left.  The  long  hairs  under 
the  jowl  can  be  singed  off  by  passing  a  lighted  candle 
under  the  jaw  once  or  twice.  If  the  horse  is  at  all 
frightened  at  the  candle,  he  can  be  blindfolded ;  but 
the  operation  is  so  quick,  that  generally  it  is  all  over 
before  he  is  aware  of  what  is  being  done.  The  long 
hairs  on  the  muzzle  and  chin  can  be  clipped  off  with 
a  pair  of  ordinary  scissors.  If  the  horse  is  not 
clipped  all  over,  attention  to  these  one  or  two  little 
details  make  all  the  difference  in  his  appearance,  and 
in  his  being  turned  out  smart,  or  the  reverse. 


94  STABLE   MANAGEMENT. 

Trimming  Tails. 

The  tail  should  be  grasped  close  to  the  root  with 
one  hand,  which  is  run  down  so  that  the  hairs  are  all 
gathered  together,  and  a  string  or  tape  tied  round 
below  the  fleshy  part  at  the  tip.  The  tail  should 
then  be  drawn  out  straight,  and  the  hair  cut  off  with 
a  single  sweep  of  a  sharp  knife  just  below  where  the 
string  is  tied.  The  blade  of  the  knife  must  be  long 
enough  to  give  a  drawing  sweep,  which  an  ordinary 
pocket-knife  will  not  do.  There  is  nothing  better 
for  this  than  a  sharp  native  sword,  or  "  tulwar,"  as  it 
is  long  enough  to  cut  through  all  the  hair  at  one 
stroke ;  or,  failing  a  sword,  a  sharp  carving-knife  will 
do,  the  longer  in  the  blade  the  better.  Any  uneven 
ends  of  hair  that  remain  can  afterwards  be  trimmed 
off  witli  a  pair  of  scissors ;  or,  better  still,  by  a  pair 
uf  slieep  shears.  Tail-cutting  machines  are  sold  with 
an  arrangement  to  fix  the  hair  of  the  tail  with  a 
clamp,  on  which  there  is  a  sliding  cutting-blade. 
These  cut  the  liair  off  very  smoothly  and  evenly  ; 
the  only  drawback  is  that  they  are  somewhat  ex- 
pensive, costing  about  Ks.  IG  in  Calcutta  or  Bombay. 

Clipping. 

Arabs  and  many  country-breds  carry  such  fine 
coats  that  they  do  nut   require  clipping,  but  most 


GROOMING,  STABLE  GEAR,  ETC.  9o 

Australians  and  colonials  do ;  and  if  the  coat  is  at 
all  inclined  to  get  long  and  thick,  it  certainly  should 
be  taken  off,  for  horse-clothing  is  so  cheap  that 
an  extra  rug  can  always  be  got.  Horses  should 
not  be  clipped  till  the  coat  has  "set,"  i.e.  till  the 
long  winter  coat  has  grown,  and  no  more  hairs 
will  come  off  when  the  hand  is  rubbed  over  the 
skin.  This  is  generally  about  the  beginning  of 
October  in  Northern  India.  They  will  generally 
require  clipping  twice  or  three  times  during  the 
winter,  or  up  to  the  middle  of  March.  There  arc 
generally  some  professional  clippers  in  every  station, 
who  bring  their  own  clipping-machines,  and  charge 
about  two  01"  three  rupees  for  a  pony,  and  an  extra 
rupee  for  a  horse  each  time ;  or,  if  there  is  not  such 
an  individual  about,  permission  can  generally  be 
obtained  to  have  it  done  by  any  of  the  cavalry 
regiments  in  tlie  station.  It  should  be  remembered 
that  horses  having  just  lost  their  coats  will  require 
an  extra  rug  that  night. 

Cleaning  the  Sheath. 

The  owner  must  himself  occasionally  see  that 
the  horse's  sheath  is  washed  out.  *' Syces"  never 
think  this  necessary,  and  the  part  gets  into  a 
filthy,  dirty  state,  that   in   the   summer   months  is 


96  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

likely  to  give  rise  to  a  troublesome  sore,  called  a 
"bursattee"  ulcer.  Some  horses  are  very  trouble- 
some to  do  this  with,  and  it  may  be  necessary  to 
put  on  a  twitch  ("  kinch  mhal ") ;  but  this  should 
always  be  done  in  the  owner's  presence. 

Light  in  Stables. 

With  a  new-comer,  "  syces "  usually  ask  for  oil 
to  burn  in  a  native  earthenware  lamp  (charragh) 
at  night,  but  it  is  a  thing  I  never  allow.  In  the 
first  place,  even  if  the  lamp  was  kept  burning,  it 
is  not  required ;  horses  rest  better  in  the  dark.  In 
the  second,  it  is  dangerous  with  so  much  inflammable 
material  about.  In  the  third,  the  lamp  will  not  be 
used  in  the  stable,  but  the  "  syce's  "  own  house.  If  a 
light  is  ever  required,  which  is  only  on  rare  occasions , 
it  is  better  to  bring  a  lantern  out  of  the  house ;  and 
in  India  there  is  always  a  hurricane-lantern  to  be 
found  in  every  house. 

Fires  in  Yerandahs. 

"  Syces  "  are  very  fond  of  lighting  fires  and  making 
cooking  places  in  the  verandah  of  the  stable,  but  this 
I  never  allow,  as  it  litters  the  place  up  with  cooking 
pots,  and  makes  a  great  mess ;  also,  it  is  dangerous. 
I  always  make  them  caiTy  on  their  cooking  opera- 
tions in  the  verandahs  of  their  own  houses. 


SADDLERY,  HARNESS,  CARRIAGES, 
AND  SERVANTS. 

Saddles  (zin)  and  Harness  (saz). 
Saddles,  harness,  and  all  leatherwork  requires  a 
good  deal  more  care  and  attention  in  India  than 
in  England,  especially  during  the  hot  season,  when 
the  fierce  dry  heat  will  dry  up  and  perish  all  sorts 
of  leather ;  and  in  the  rains,  especially  in  Southern 
India,  where  the  atmosphere  is  so  loaded  with 
moisture  that  leather,  put  on  one  side  and  neglected 
for  a  very  few  days,  soon  becomes  covered  with 
mildew.  There  are  no  saddle  rooms  in  Indian 
stables,  and  it  is  usual  to  keep  them  in  a  corner 
of  a  room  in  the  house  on  a  wooden  saddle-stand, 
called  by  natives  a  "  ghorra  "  horse.  In  the  rains,  a 
pan  or  brazier  of  burning  charcoal  should  be  kept  in 
the  room  for  a  few  hours  daily,  if  there  is  not  a 
fire-place.  Saddles  are  cleaned  in  the  same  way  as 
in  England,  and  excellent  saddle  soap  and  dubbing 
is  made  by  the  North-west  Province   Soap  Works 

H 


98  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

at  Meerut,  and  can  be  obtained  almost  anywhere.  If 
this  is  not  used,  the  "  syces  "  can  always  make  up 
dubbing  of  their  own,  called  "  momrogan."  Some 
people  give  their  head  ''  syce "  a  monthly  allow- 
ance to  provide  dubbing,  soap,  bathbrick,  oil,  etc. ; 
but  as  they  frequently  put  lime  and  bleaching 
materials  with  it,  I  prefer  to  buy  it  myself,  and  let 
them  get  the  other  articles.  They  require  a  chamoise 
leather  and  a  burnisher  for  steel-work,  but  one  of 
each  will  do  for  a  stable  of  half  a  dozen  horses, 
and  very  good  country-made  leathers  (sabur)  can 
be  got  for  from  one  to  one  and  a  half  rupees.  The 
soap  is  put  on  to  and  rubbed  into  leather- work 
with  the  hands ;  but  the  great  fault  they  have  is 
that  they  will  put  on  too  much,  and  won't  work 
it  in  enough,  and  one's  breeches  and  hands  will 
get  into  a  great  mess. 

Saddle  Covers  (huJc  bund). 

A  sheet,  made  out  of  a  description  of  coarse  country 
cloth  (karwah),  is  necessary  for  each  saddle  or  set 
of  harness,  to  wTap  it  up  in,  and  keep  the  dust  and 
dirt  off.  It  should  be  sufficiently  large  to  wrap  the 
saddle  up  in  completely,  and  in  the  summer  the 
"  syce "  can  bring  it  with  him  to  act  as  a  horse- 
cloth to  throw  over  the  quarters  when  standing  about. 


SADDLERY,   HARNESS,   ETC.  99 

These  saddle-sheets  can  be  made  by  any  tailor  in  a 
few  hours. 

Bridles. 

Bridles,  double  (dahna),  snaffle  (kazai),  can  be 
hung  up  on  the  walls,  but  a  piece  of  cloth  or  a 
few  sheets  of  paper  should  be  fastened  up  behind 
them ;  and  they  should  be  frequently  taken  down 
if  not  in  daily  use,  as  the  white  ants  are  most 
destructive.  It  is  best  to  have  one  or  two  extra 
saddle-stands  made  with  pegs  on  them,  and  to 
hang  the  bridles  on  them  in  the  middle  of  the 
room,  away  from  the  walls.  This  may  be  a  little 
more  expensive,  but  a  saddle-stand  can  be  brought 
for  Es.  5  that  will  hold  a  couple  of  dozen  bridles, 
worth  Rs.  20  apiece.  At  one  time  plated  bits  were 
used  in  India,  but  I  think  steel  ones  are  the  best. 
*'  Syces  *'  never  can  tell  the  difference,  and  I  have 
more  than  once  found  a  plated  bit  being  indus- 
triously scrubbed  and  polished  with  sand. 

Harness. 

Unless  particularly  desired,  brown  harness  with 
brass  mounts  is  the  best — for  India,  at  all  events — 
for  pony-harness,  and  it  is  this  class  of  animal 
that  is  generally  used  in  an  up-country  station. 
Not  one  "  syce  "  in  a  hundred  knows  how  to  clean 


100  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

black  harness  properly,  and  if  this  is  not  done 
nothing  looks  worse,  whereas  almost  any  native  can 
clean  brown  leather  after  a  fashion,  and  even  if  it 
does  not  stand  close  inspection,  it  will  pass  muster 
at  a  little  distance.  Fairly  good  brown  harness  is 
made  out  of  country  leather,  and  it  does  well 
enough  for  rough  work,  but  it  never  has  the  finish 
of  English.  Country  leather  reins  and  country 
bits  should  never  be  used;  they  are  not  reliable, 
and  are  most  dangerous ;  these  should  always  be 
English. 

Carriages. 

The  ordinary  two-wheeled  pony-trap  or  dogcart, 
used  in  an  up-country  Indian  station,  is  best  var- 
nished, not  painted.  The  hot  weather  ruins  paint, 
and,  unless  in  some  of  the  very  large  towns,  it  is 
nearly  impossible  to  get  them  properly  repainted 
again.  Any  native  workman  can,  however,  varnish 
a  trap  with  white  or  copal  varnish.  Before  allowing 
new  varnish  to  be  put  on,  the  trap  should  be  pro- 
duced for  inspection  with  the  old  scraped  off,  as  it 
is  a  favourite  trick  to  daub  new  varnish  over  the 
old,  when  it  cannot  properly  set,  and  the  first  hot 
sun  cracks  and  blisters  it.  In  the  hot  weather  a 
large   earthen   basin,  called   a  "  naund,"  should  be 


SADDLERY,   HARNESS,   ETC.  101 

kept  full  of  Avater  under  the  carriage  in  the  coach- 
house; the  evaporation  of  the  water  will  keep  the 
woodwork  moist,  and  prevent  its  cracking  with  the 
heat.  A  matting  made  of  the  fibres  of  the  ''khus 
khus,"  or  lemon  grass,  should  also  be  put  round 
the  nave  of  the  wheel,  and  kept  wet,  for  the  same 
purpose,  as  it  is  exceedingly  likely  to  crack  with 
the  heat.  The  shafts  of  the  trap  should  not  be  left 
resting  on  the  ground,  as  they  will  warp  and  bend ; 
they  should  be  supported  either  by  a  wooden  trestle, 
or  else  by  a  couple  of  ropes  from  the  beams  of  the 
roof.  The  whip,  when  not  in  use,  should  be  hung 
by  a  string  at  the  upper  part  to  a  nail  in  the  wall, 
and  a  weight,  such  as  a  brick,  tied  to  the  butt  end 
to  keep  it  straight ;  otherwise,  in  a  very  short  time, 
it  will  get  crooked. 

Servants. 

Indian  "syces"  are  different  to  English  grooms, 
as  the  new  arrival  will  soon  find.  They  have 
peculiar  customs  of  their  own,  which,  like  all 
Orientals,  they  cling  to  tenaciously,  and  will  not 
give  up.  If  they  are  understood  they  are  easily 
managed,  and  work  well ;  but  if  not,  the  horse- 
owner's  life  is  a  burden  to  him,  for  no  European 
can  overcome  the  passive  resistance  of  the  Oriental. 


102  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

In  the  first  place,  I  never  let  any  of  the  house 
servants  interfere  with  the  stable.  Many  persons, 
particularly  those  new  to  the  country,  do  everything 
through  their  head  servant,  or  "  bearer " ;  but  I 
make  him  stick  to  his  own  work,  which  is  the  control 
of  the  house  and  the  house  servants.  I  pick  out 
one  of  the  best  and  sharpest  of  the  "  syces,"  chang- 
ing him  till  I  get  a  good  man,  making  him  the 
head  or  "jemedar  syce,"  and  paying  him  a  rupee 
a  month  more  wages  than  the  rest;  and  he  is  re- 
sponsible for  everything  connected  with  the  horses, 
and  any  small  bills  I  pay  to  him,  and  him  alone. 
The  wages  I  pay  myself  to  each  man  regularly  on 
the  seventh  of  the  month,  for  the  month  previously. 
I  never  lift  my  hand  to  a  servant,  or  fine  him  under 
any  pretext,  as  the  fine  will  only  be  made  up  out 
of  the  horse's  grain,  but,  if  fault  has  to  be  found, 
I  do  so  in  the  presence  of  the  head  man;  on  the 
second  occasion  a  warning  is  given,  and  on  the 
third  the  offender  is  dismissed  on  the  spot.  I 
always  keep  a  "  syce  "  and  a  "  grass-cutter  "  for  each 
horse.  It  is  possible  to  get  a  "  syce  "  and  two  "  grass- 
cutters  "  to  look  after  two  horses,  by  paying  the 
"  syce  "  a  rupee  a  month  more ;  but  the  arrangement 
is  not  satisfactory,  although  many  do  it.  If  the 
"  syce  "  gets  ill,  which  they  often  do,  there  is  no  one 


SADDLERY,   HARNESS,   ETC.  103 

to  do  his  work,  whereas,  if  there  is  a  man  to  each 
horse,  they  will  arrange    the    extra  work  among 
themselves.    In  Northern  India  "syces"  and  "  grass- 
cutters"  should    be    XDrovided  with   warm  woollen 
clothes   in   the    winter.      An    excellent    cloth    for 
the  purpose  is  made  by  the  various  woollen  mills, 
and   at  most  of  them    servant's    clothes    can   be 
bought  ready  made  up ;  but  it  is  best  to  give  the 
men  the  materials  and  let  them  get  them  made  up 
themselves,  otherwise  there  is  certain  to  be  some- 
thing wrong  with  them.    A  "syce's  "  coat  costs  about 
Ks.  4,  and  a  "  grass-cutter's,"  which  is  made  out  of 
a  coarse  blanketing,  Es.  3 ;  and  these  coats  should 
last  for  two  winters'  wear.     In  addition,  I  used  to 
give  each  man  a  "  coolie "  blanket  that  cost  Ks.  3, 
and  which  would  last  three  winters ;    and,  if  they 
had   to   go   out   much   into  camp,   such   as  taking 
horses  out  to  meet  me   on   shooting   or  pig-stick- 
ing  expeditions,  a  pair    of  woollen    leg-bandages, 
or  "  putties.'*     It  is  a  mistake  not  to  give  servants 
warm  clothes,  and  a  false  economy,  as,  if  they  are 
not  properly  protected   against  the  cold,  which  is 
very  severe  in  Northern  India,  they  are  everlast- 
ingly getting  fever ;  and  I  know  no  greater  nuisance 
than  having  your  head  man  laid  up  for  two  or  three 
days  at  a  stretch.     In  the  second  place,  if  they  have 


104  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

not  warm  clothes  themselves,  you  can  never  tell  if 
in  the  night  they  will  not  take  the  clothing  off  the 
horses  to  wrap  themselves  up  in.    A  constant  source 
of  squabbling  amongst  Indian  servants  is  the  allot- 
ment of  their  huts  or  houses.     In  the  older  Indian 
bungalows  there  is  usually  enough  of  both  these  and 
stabling,  but  in  the  newer  ones  there  is  not.     It  is 
best,  however,  not  to  listen  to  any  such  complaints, 
and  somehow  the  disputants  settle  the  knotty  point 
themselves.     Every  now  and  again  it  is  advisable 
to  see  who  is  living  in  your  compound,  as  a  most 
enormous  number  of  relations  will  turn  up,  who  are 
known  as  brothers  (bhai) ;   and  if  you  don't  look 
out,  you  will  find  you  are  giving  shelter  on  your 
premises  to  several  hundred  individuals.   Indian  ser- 
vants are  always  asking  leave  to  attend  weddings, 
funerals,  and  religious   ceremonies ;   and  I  always 
allow  them  to  go,  provided  some  arrangement  is 
made  to  carry  on  their  work.    They  are  clannish 
in  the  extreme,  and  a  substitute  was  always  forth- 
coming.    In  the  hills  "grass-cutters"  are  not  re- 
quired, as  grass  can  be  bought  in  the  bazaars.    The 
country  people  look  on  the  sale  of  this  as  a  vested 
right,  and  naturally  resent  any  outsider  cutting  it  or 
interfering  with  them ;  and,  if  they  do,  there  is  pretty 
certain  to  be  a  disturbance  and  unpleasantness.    If 


SADDLERY,   HARNESS,   ETC.  105 

"grass-cutters  "  are  preferred  to  purchasing  the  daily 
supply,  local  hillmen  should  be  employed,  who  will 
arrange  the  matter  with  their  neighbours,  and  not 
men  brought  up  from  the  plains  of  India.  In  most 
hill  stations  passes  or  licences  have  to  be  obtained 
to  cut  grass.  In  every  Indian  station  there  is  an 
official  price-list  of  country  produce  published,  and 
should  any  dispute  arise  as  to  the  rates  charged,  it 
is  as  well  to  obtain  it  from  the  native  magistrate 
(tehsildar),  whose  decision  in  such  matters  is  usually 
accepted  as  final,  and  which  generally  saves  an  im- 
mense amount  of  trouble. 


106  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 


SHOEING. 

Shoeing  {nal  hmidie). 

Shoeing  is  a  subject  on  which  a  volume  might 
be  written  of  itself,  far  beyond  the  scope  of  this 
little  work,  and  for  further  information  on  the 
art  I  would  refer  the  reader  to  the  treatises  by 
Dr.  riemming  and  W.  Hunting,  Esq. ;  but  as  both 
these  deal  with  European  practice,  I  will  only 
mention  a  few  differences  in  the  art  as  performed  by 
the  native  smith,  or  "nal  bund."  In  most  large 
military  stations  where  there  are  European  troops, 
permission  can  generally  be  obtained  to  have  horses 
shod  at  the  regimental  forge,  but  in  out-of-the-way 
places  the  native  artist  has  to  be  employed.  All 
horses  require  shoeing  at  least  once  a  month,  and 
some  oftener,  as  with  some  the  horn  grows  quicker 
than  others,  and  the  hoof  requires  to  be  shortened 
oftener.  In  these  cases,  if  the  shoe  is  not  worn 
out  at  the  toe,  it  can  be  replaced  after  the  foot  is 
shortened ;  this  is  what  the  English  smith  calls  "  a 


SHOEING.  107 

remove,"  the  native  "  khol  bundi."     It  is  advisable 
after  work  to  lift  up  the  foot  and  look  if  the  shoes 
(nal)  have  shifted  or  not,  also  to  examine  the  clench 
or  point  of  the  nail  (preg)  where  it  has  been  turned 
over,  as  it  sometimes  gets  turned  up  and  sticks  out. 
If  this  happens  on  the  inside  of  the  hoof  it  is  likely 
to  cut  the  opposite  fetlock  (mawah  lagna),  and  make 
a  bad  wound  that  may  leave  a  permanent  scar  or 
blemish.     Some  horses,  from  bad   formation,  move 
their  limbs  so  closely  together  that  they  always  rub 
the  fetlock  joints  when  they  move.     This  sometimes 
can  be  corrected  by  what  is  known  as  a  brushing 
shoe ;  but  some  badly-shaped  animals  will  always  do 
it,  no  matter  what  sort  of  shoe  is  put  on.     Various 
forms  of  pads  or  brushing  boots  are  sold  to  prevent 
tliis  and  protect  the  part ;  but,  in  my  opinion,  what 
is  known  as  the  Irish  boot  is  the  best.     It  consists 
of  a  thick  piece  of  blanket,  or  "  mundah,"  about  six 
inches  wide  and  the  length  of  the  circumference  of 
the  leg.     This  is  fastened  round  the  fetlock  with  a 
tape  or  string  so  that  the  ends  are  in  the  middle  line 
of  the  leg  behind,  the  upper  half  being  doubled  over 
the  string  so  that  there  are  two  thicknesses  to  pro- 
tect the  fetlock  joint.     I  have  found  this  far  better 
than  the  more  elaborate  contrivances  sold;    it  is 
cheap — any  one  can  make  one  in  a  few  minutes — it 


108  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

does  not  collect  mud  and  dirt  like  the  others  do,  and 
it  does  not  become  hard  like  those  boots  made  out  of 
leather,  which,  unless  carefully  looked  to  and  kept 
soft  with  soap  (sabon)  or  dubbing  (momrogan),  are 
liable  to  cut  horses  badly.  The  only  care  required 
in  putting  on  the  Irish  boot  is  not  to  tie  it  too  tight, 
or  the  tapes  may  cut  the  skin.  Some  pieces  of  horn 
hanging  loose,  that  are  being  cast  off  from  the  sole 
and  frog  in  the  natural  process  of  growth,  are  often 
seen.  These  are  very  likely  to  collect  dirt  and 
moisture,  and  if  they  do  they  should  be  removed, 
but  otherwise  be  left  alone.  They  can  generally  be 
pulled  off  with  the  fingers,  a  piece  of  stick,  or  the 
hoof-picker.  As  a  rule,  in  the  plains  of  India  the 
majority  of  horses  do  not  require  shoes  on  their  hind 
feet,  unless  the  roads  are  mended  with  stone,  or  the 
climate  is  very  damp  and  the  horn  gets  soft.  In  the 
rainy  season,  if  much  work  is  being  done,  they  per- 
haps then  require  shoeing  behind,  but  in  the  dry 
season  the  majority  go  just  as  well  without.  In  the 
hills,  where  the  paths  are  rocky  and  stony,  horses, 
of  course,  require  shoeing  behind.  Unlike  the 
European,  the  native  smith  shoes  what  is  called 
"  cold,"  that  is,  he  has  a  number  of  shoes  in  sizes 
from  which  he  selects  one  as  near  a  fit  as  possible, 
which   he   hammers   into   shape  on   a  small  anvil 


SHOEING.  109 

without  heating  it.  Native  shoes  are  generally 
perfectly  plain,  i.e.  flat  on  both  sides,  and,  unless 
specially  made,  are  never  "  seated,"  i.e,  sloped  on  the 
foot  surface,  or  "  bevelled,"  i.e.  sloped  on  the  ground 
surface.  As  a  rule,  the  nail-holes  are  what  the  smith 
calls  too  fine,  i.e.  they  are  too  near  the  outer  rim 
of  the  iron,  and  to  get  a  hold  the  shoe  has  to  be 
brought  back  so  that  the  horn  projects  over  the  iron. 
To  obviate  this  the  smith  removes  the  toe  with  the 
rasp,  thus  weakening  the  horn  at  the  very  place 
where  it  is  required  to  be  strong.  The  shoes  are 
generally  somewhat  too  small  also,  and  to  get  the 
nail  to  take  hold  they  have  to  be  set  back  in  the 
same  way  as  when  the  nail-holes  are  too  fine.  A 
native  smith,  unless  he  has  been  shown  how,  never 
knows  how  to  turn  down  the  point  of  the  nail  after 
it  has  been  driven  through  the  hoof  to  form  the 
clench ;  he  never  cuts  off  the  superfluous  part,  but 
turns  it  round  in  a  curl  with  the  pincers,  and, 
needless  to  say,  this  is  exceedingly  likely  to  cause 
brushing.  Another  great  fault  is  his  fondness  of 
pairing  and  slicing  away  the  frog  and  sole,  which  he 
will  have  to  be  stopped  in  doing.  I  have  seldom 
seen  a  horse  pricked  in  shoeing  by  a  native,  but  if 
left  to  themselves  they  never  get  the  bearing  true, 
and  as  a  result  corns  are  of  common  occurrence. 


110  STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 

Of  course,  such  light  shoes  as  those  of  native  manu- 
facture have  not  a  great  lot  of  wear  in  them,  and  in 
heavy,  holding  ground  would  pull  off,  but  on  the 
hard  level  plains  of  India  they  last  well  enough, 
and  the  native  smith,  if  his  faults  are  known  and 
corrected,  is  not  a  bad  workman  after  his  own  lights. 


GLOSSAEY  OF  HINDUSTANI  WORDS. 


Adabwah,  parched  barley. 
Aghari,  a  head  rope. 
Akh-ta,  a  gelding. 


Bad  hazmie,  indigestion,  dys- 
pepsia. 

Bagh,  rein. 

Bagh  dorie,  leading-rope. 

Bajara,  millet  seed. 

Balti,  huchet. 

Baniah,  corn-dealer. 

Bans,  bamboo. 

Bhai,  brother,  relative. 

Bhebie,  iron  shackles  for  horse*  s 
legs. 

Bhestie,  ivater  carrier. 

Bichalie,  bedding  straw. 

BuK  BUND,  saddle  sheet. 

Bubbadah,  sawdust. 

Charpoy,  native  bedstead. 
Chaeragh,  native  oil  lamp. 
Chattie,  earthen  pot, 
Chaurie,  fly-whisk. 
Cheil,  to  dig  up  grass. 
Chick,    split   bamboo    tcindow 

blind. 
Chick-na,  muzzle. 
Choker,  bran. 
Chuckie,  hand-mill. 
Chunna,  gram.\ 
Churrie,  dried  shorgum    stalk 

used  for  cattle  fodder. 


Compound,  enclosure  round  an 

Indian  house. 
CuLTEE,  the  black  gram  used  as 

horse  food  in  Madras. 

Dah,  a  bill-hook. 

Dah-na,  a  double  bridle. 

Dast,  diarrhoea. 

Dastoub,    custom,    percentage, 

perquisites. 
Dhan,  unhusked  rice, 
Dha  nah,  grain, 
Dhoob,    an   Indian   grass    on 

which  horses  are  fed. 
Dhool,  a  small  leather  bucket 

used  for  drawing  water. 
DuBZiE,  a  tailor. 

Farakie,  body-roller. 

Gajae,  carrots. 

Gehun,  wheat. 

Ghoeea,  horse. 

Ghobbie,  mare. 

GuDDA,  donkey, 

Gumalo,  earthen  vessel  shaped 

like  a  milk  pan,  holding  about 

a  gallon. 
Gunna,  sugar-cane. 
Guedaine,  horse-rug. 

Hawah,  air. 
Hookha,  a  pipe. 
Hurbialie,  a  species  of  grass. 


112 


STABLE  MANAGEMENT. 


Jai,  oats. 

Jamp,  a  straw  screen. 

Jaru,  a  broom. 

Jharan,  duster. 

Jhool,  country    horse    clothing 

made  out  of  felt. 
JoNK,  leech. 
Jow,  harley. 

Kali  nimuk,  hlach  salt. 

Kab  wah,  a  sort  of  cotton  cloth. 

Kazai,  watering  or  snaffle  bridle. 

Khal,  linseed  cake. 

Khansilla,  hood. 

Khasil,  green  food. 

Khawid,  green  food. 

Khoalie,  charcoal. 

Khol  bundie,  a  remove  in  horse 


Khua,  a  well. 

Khus  khus,  lemon  grass. 

KiCHER  KE  MUTTEE,  day. 
KiNCH  MHAL,  twitch. 

KiRiM,  worm,  weevil. 

KuMBAL,  blanket. 

KuBLiE,  manger, 

KuRPA,  a  short  iron  hoe,  used  to 

dig  grass  with. 
KuTCHER,  mule. 

Malish,  grooming. 
Make,  a  wooden  tent-peg. 
Makie-ara,  eye-fringe   to  keep 

off  flies. 
Maund,  80  lbs.  weight. 
Maw  AH  LAGNA,  brushing  of  the 

fetlocks. 
MissA     BHOOSA,     grain    stalks 

crushed  in  thrashing. 
Moat,  pulse  grain. 
MoMROGAN,  dubbing. 
Mote,  pulse  grain. 
MuNG,  pulse  grain. 
MussuK,  leather  water-bag. 
MuTTiE,  earth. 
MuzzuMA,  leather  heel-strap. 


Nal,  a  horseshoe. 

Nal  bund,  a  shoeing-smith. 

Naund,  a  large  wide-mouthed 

earthen  vessel  holding  several 

gallons. 
Newab,  cotton  webbing. 
Nimmuk,  salt. 

NiRRiCK,  the  official  price  list. 
NuKTA,  head  stall. 
Numdah,  felt  pad  for  putting 

under  a  saddle. 

Paite,  body-roller. 

Pani,  water. 

Peoharie,  heel  ropes. 

Preg,  nail. 

Putter  ke  nimmuk,  rock  salt. 

Puttie,  a  roller  bandage. 

Ret,  sand, 
Reita,  soap  nuts. 
Rhal,  linseed  cake. 
Roll  kerna,  to  exercise. 

Sabon,  soap. 

Sabur,  chamois  leather. 

San,  a  stallion. 

Saz,  harness. 

Seer,  a  two-pound  weight. 

Shalgham,  turnip. 

SuFFAiD   bhoosa,  iclieat  straio 

that    has    been   crushed  and 

broken  in  thrashing. 
Sum  khodna,  hoof-picker. 
Sun,  tow  or  hemp. 
Syce,  a  groom. 

Tobra,  a  nose-bag. 

ToKAR,  to  trip  or  stumble. 

Tokrie,  a  basket. 

Tulwar,  a  curved  native  sword, 

Ulsie,  linseed. 
ZiN,  a  saddle. 


LONDON  :  PRINTED  BY  WILLIAM   CLOWES  AND  SONS,   LIMITliD, 
STAMFORD  STREET  AND  CHARING  CROSS. 


.    A    SELECTION    FROM    THE     . 

PUBLICATIONS 


OF 


W.    THACKER     &    CO. 

2,    CREED    LANE,    LONDON,    E.G. 

THACKER,  SPINK  &  CO. 

CALCUTTA     AND     SLMLA,    INDIA. 


CONTENTS* 


PAGE 

SPORT            

2—12 

GENERAL     

13—17 

NAVAL           

18—20 

MILITARY 

21—23 

HISTORY,  CUSTOM 

TRAVEL,  &c. 

23—29 

DOMESTIC 

30—32 

BOTANIC       

33— 35v 

ECONOMIC  ... 
MEDICAL  AND  MA 

TERIA  MEDICA 
LANGUAGES 
GUIDE  BOOKS 
NEW      BOOKS      I 

PREPARATION 
DIRECTORIES 
INDEX 


PAGE 
36 

37—40 
41—42 

43—44 

45 

46 

47—48 


Separate  Catalogue  of  Law  Publications 
sent  on  application* 


.    .    .  W.   THACKER    &    CO.   .    .    . 

2,  CREED  LANE,  LUDGATE  HILL,  LONDON,  E.C, 
No.  87.  IQ06. 


W.   THACKER  &=  CO.,  LONDON. 


SPORT. 


Third  Edition,     Demy  4to.     36  Plates  and  Map.     £1  is.  net.     Rs.  15.12. 

LARGE    GAME    SHOOTING 

IN    THIBET,   THE    HIMALAYAS,    NORTHERN    AND 
CENTRAL    INDIA. 

By  Bng.-Gcmtal  ALEX*  A*  A.  KINLOCH* 


NYAN    OR   GREAT    THIBETAN    SHEKV.—  07'/s   HodgSOnii. 

Times. — "  Colonel  Kinloch,  who  has  killed  most  kinds  of  Indian  game,  small 
and  great,  relates  incidents  of  his  varied  sporting  experiences  in  chapters  which 
are  each  descriptive  of  a  different  animal.  The  photogravures  of  the  heads  of 
many  of  the  animals,  from  the  grand  gaur,  popularly  miscalled  the  bison,  down- 
wards, are  extremely  clever  and  spirited." 

Graphic. — "  This  splendidly  illustrated  record  of  sport.  .  .  The  photogravures, 
especially  the  heads  of  the  various  antelopes,  are  life-like  ;  and  the  letterpress  is 
very  pleasant  reading." 


TH ACKER,   SPINK    &-    CO.,    CALCUTTA. 


Second  Edition.     Demy  8vo.,  cloth,   \os.  6d.     Rs.  7.14. 

BULLET    AND    SHOT 

IN    INDIAN    FOREST,    PLAIN,  AND    HILL. 

WITH  HINTS  TO  BEGINNERS  IN  INDIAN   SHOOTING. 

By  C.  E.  M.  RUSSELL 

(late  Senior  Deputy  Conservator  of  Forests,  Mysore  Service). 

List  of  Contents. 

The  Indian  Bison— Bison  Shooting— Hints  to  Beginners— The  Wild  Buffalo,  the 
Yak,  and  the  Tsine— The  Tiger— Incidents  in  Tiger  Shooting— The  Panther, 
Hunting  Cheetah,  Clouded  Leopard,  Snow  Leopard,  and  Indian  Lion— The 
C'hief  Bears  of    India — The   Indian  Elephant — The  Deer  of  India   and    the 
Himalayas— The  Neilgherry  Wild  Goat— The  Wild  Goats  of  Cashmere  and 
Ladakh— The  Wild  Sheep  of  India — The  Rhinacerotidae  and  Suidee  of  India 
—Small  Animals  worth  Shooting— Game  Birds  and  Wild  Fowl  of  India- 
Poachers  and  Nuisances— Camp  Equipment,   Outfit,    Servants,   etc.— Rifles, 
Guns,  Ammunition,  etc.— Hints  on  Skinning  and  the  Preservation  of  Trophies, 
etc.,  etc. 
Saturday  Revietv. — "We  have  nothing  but  praise  for  his  accuracy  and  for  the 
value  of  his  practical  advice.   .   .   .   Not  a  few  of  the  chapters  are  very  attractive 
reading,  being-  full  of  exciting  anecdote  and  picturesque  reminiscences.  .   .   .   His 
chapters  on  forest  campaigning,  camp  equipment,  and  sporting  batteries  deserve 
careful  attention." 

Civil  and  Military  Gazette  (Lahore).  —  "  .  .  .  Cannot  fail  to  appeal  to 
sportsmen  of  every  standing,  from  the  veriest  tyro,  to  whom  it  will  prove 
particularly  useful,  to  the  oldest  hand  at  the  game.  .  .  .  The  general  excellence 
and  completeness  of  the  book  should  ensure  it  the  position  of  a  standard  work." 


Second  Edition.     Post  8vo. .  4^-.  6d.  net.     Rs.  4. 

SEONEE; 

OR,    CAMP    LIFE     ON    THE 
SATPURA    RANGE. 

A  Tale  of  Indian  Adventure. 

By  R.  A.  STERN  DALE, 
F.R.G.S.,  F.Z.S. 

Illustrated    by    the    Author. 

With  an  Appendix  containing  a  brief  Topographical  and  Historical  Account 
of  the  District  of  Seonee,  in  the  Central  Provinces  of  India. 

B    2 


W.    TH ACKER    6-    CO.,    LONDON. 


Imperial  161110.,  cloth,  580  pages,  xis.  6d.      Rs.  10. 

A    NATURAL    HISTORY    OF   THE 
MAMMALIA   OF    INDIA, 

BURMAH    AND    CEYLON. 
By    R.    A.    STERNDALE,    F.R.G*S*,    F.Z.S* 

With  170  Illustrations  by  the  Author  and  others. 

The  geographical  limits  of  the  present  work  have  been  ex- 
tended to  all  territories  likely  to  be  reached  by  the  sportsman 
from  India.  It  is  copiously  illustrated,  not  only  by  the  author 
himself,  but  by  careful  selections  made  by  him  from  the  works 
of  well-known  artists. 


Knoioledge. — "  It  is  the  very  model  of  what  a  popular  natural  history  should  be." 

Saturday  Review.  — "  Full  of  accurate  observations,  brightly  told." 

Athenceum. — "  The  results  of  a  close  and  sympathetic  observation."^ 

The  Times. — "  The  book  will,  no  doubt,  be  specially  useful  to  the  sportsman, 
and  indeed  has  been  extended  so  as  to  include  all  territories  likely  to  be  reached 
by  the  sportsman  from  India."  1 

The  Daily  News.  — "  Has  contrived  to  hit  a  hap])y  moan  [^between  the  stiff 
scientific  treatise  and  the  bosirof  what  may  be  called  anecdotal  zoology." 


TH ACKER,  SPIXK  &-  CO.,   CALCUTTA.  § 

Second   Edition.       Crown  8vo. ,    cloth,    150  pages,   3.?.   bd.   net.       Ks.  2.8. 

USEFUL    HINTS    TO    YOUNG 
SHIKARIS 

ON  THE  GUN  AND  RIFLE. 

By  the  "LITTLE  OLD  BEAR." 

Containing  information  on  every  subject  necessary  for  the  young  Shikar — 
from  his  rifle,  gun,  and  ammunition  to  his  camp  kit  and  dress. 

Fcap.   8vo.,  cloth,  5^.   net,     Rs.  3.8. 

,THE    SPORTSMAN'S    MANUAL. 

In  Quest  of  Game  in  KuUu,  Lahoul,  and  Ladak  to  the  Tso  Morari 

Lake,  with  Notes  on  Shooting  in  Spiti,  Bara  Bagahal,  Chamba, 

and  Kashmir,  and  a  Detailed  Description  of  Sport  in  more  than 

100  Nalas.     With  9  Maps. 

By  Lt.-CoL  R.  H,  TYACKE,  late  H.M/s  98th  and  34th  Regiments, 

Fourth  Edition.     Demy  Bvo.,  cloth,  ^s.  6d.  net.      Rs.  5. 

THE  TOURIST  AND  SPORTSMAN'S 

GUIDE  TO  KASHMIR  &  LADAK. 

By    A,   E.   WARD 

(Bengal  Staff  Corps). 

Giving  in  a  small  compass  all  the  principal  routes  in  Kashmir  and  Ladak — 
with  information  where  sport  may  be  obtained  ;  the  Game  Laws  of  the  country  and 
useful  hints  as  to  Camp  Kit  required  and  the  supplies  obtainable. 


Oblong  folio  (18  X  14),  cloth,  125-.  6d.   net.     Rs.  10. 

DENIZENS    OF    THE    JUNGLES. 

A  SERIES  OF  SKETCHES  OF  WILD  ANIMALS,  ILLUSTRATING 
THEIR  FORM  AND  NATURAL  ATTITUDE. 

With  Letterpress  and  Description  of  each  of  the  12  Plates. 

By  R,  A.  STERNDALE,  F,R,G,S.,  F.Z.S. 


P^.   THACkER  &>  Cd.,  LOjVMJv. 


Third  Edition.     Demy  8vo.,  cloth  15^.     Rs.  11. 4. 

THE    ROD    IN    INDIA. 

BEING  HINTS  HOW  TO   OBTAIN   SPORT,  WITH 

REMARKS    ON    THE    NATURAL    HISTORY    OF    FISH 

AND  THEIR   CULTURE. 

By  H.  S.  THOMAS,   F.L.S.  (Madras  Civil  Service,  Retired), 

Author  of  "  Tank  Anghng  in  India." 

With   numerous   full-page  and   other  Illustrations. 


Field. — "A  masterly  treatise  on  the  art  of  angling." 

Spectator.  — '■'■  K  more  complete  guide  to  its  subject  than  could  be  found 
elsewhere." 

Illustrated  Sporting  a?id  Dramatic  News. — "His  book  has  been  for  years  a 
standard  work.  Perhaps,  without  injustice  to  others,  it  may  be  described  as  the 
standard  work  upon  Indian  angling." 

Field. — "To  the  angler  going  out  to  India,  Mr.  Thomas's  book  will  be  a 
necessary  part  of  his  outfit." 

Crown  8vo,,  cloth.     Rs.  4. 

ANGLING    ON    THE    KUMAON 
LAKES. 

WITH  A  MAP  OF  THE  KUMAON  LAKE  COUNTRY 
AND  PLAN   OF  EACH  LAKE. 

By  Deputy-Surgeon-General  W*  WALKER^ 

Hayes'  sporting  Nezvs. — "Written  with  all  the  tenderness  and  attention  to 
detail  which  characterizes  the  followers  of  the  gentle  art." 


THACICER,  SPINK  ^   CO.,  CALCUTTA. 


Fourth  Edition.     Super  royal  8vo.,  cloth  gilt,  338  pages,  21J.  net.     Rs.  18.6. 

GAME,  SHORE,  AND  WATER  BIRDS 
OF  INDIA. 

WITH  ADDITIONAL  REFERENCES  TO  THEIR  ALLIED 
SPECIES  IN  OTHER  PARTS  OF  THE  WORLD. 

By  Colonel  A-  LE  MESSURIER,  CLE*,  F.Z.S*,  F*G-S. 

(late  Royal  Engineers),  Author  of 
"  Kandahar  in  1879,"   "  From  London  to  Bokhara  and  a  Ride  through  Persia." 


With  180  natural  size  Illustrations  honi  actual  specimens. 

A    Vade   Mecum   for   the   Sportsman,  embracing    all   the   Birds   at   all 
likely  to  be  met  with  in  a  Shooting  Excursion. 

Reviews  of  Third  Edition. 

Nature.  — "  Colonel  Le  Messurier  writes  as  a  field  naturalist  for  field  naturalists 
and  sportsmen  without  any  great  pretensions  to  scientific  knowledge,  but  there  is 
no  doubt  that  all  naturaUsts  will  gain  useful  hints  from  this  little  volume,  which 
is  profusely  illustrated  with  wood  cuts  giving  the  characteristic  features  of  most  of 
the  species." 

Knowledge. — "  Compact  in  form,  excellent  in  method  and  arrangement,  and  as 
far  as  we  have  been  able  to  test  it,  rigidly  accurate  in  details,  Colonel  Le  Messurier's 
book  should  become  the  vade  mecum  of  every  sportsman  and  naturalist  whom  duty 
or  pleasure  may  compel  to  visit  India." 

Madras  Titfies. — "  Neatly  and  handily  bound,  well  printed  and  clearly 
illustrated,  the  book  undoubtedly  fills  a  void  in  the  literature  of  the  day.  The 
work  is  well  arranged,  and  will  probably  fully  answer  the  requirements  of  even  a 
veteran  sportsman." 


IV.    TH ACKER   &-    CO.,    LONDOM. 


Crown  8vo.,  paper  cover,  -zs.  6d.  net.     Re.  1.12. 

THE    BIRDS    OF    CALCUTTA. 

A    SERIES    OF    SHORT 

HUMOROUS    BUT  FAITHFUL 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE 

COMMON  BIRDS  OF 

CALCUTTA. 

By  FRANK  FINN,  F.Z.S., 
M3.0,U- 

(late  Deputy  Superintendent, 
Calcutta  Museum). 

Wilk  Illustrations  by  II.   GOODCHILD. 

Field. — "There  is  a  good  deal  of  bird  life  to  be  observed  in  and  around 
Calcutta,  to  which  Mr.  Finn's  little  book  will  serve  as  a  useful  guide,  especially  as 
it  has  some  good  illustrations  by  Mr.  Herbert  Goodcliild." 


Crown  8vo. ,  cloth. 

GARDEN    AND    AVIARY    BIRDS 
OF    INDIA. 

A  HANDBOOK  FOR  FIELD  NATURALISTS  AND 
BIRD  FANCIERS. 

With  Illustrations  drawn  from  life. 

By  FRANK  FINN,   F.Z.S»,  M*B.O*U, 

\^N€arly  Ready. 


In  two  Parts.     Crown  8vo.,  sewed,  each  3,?.  bd.   net.      Rs.   2.8. 

HOW  TO  KNOW— 

THE    INDIAN    DUCKS. 
THE  INDIAN  WADERS. 

\_X early  Ready. 

By  FRANK  FINN,  F.Z,S.,  M^B.O.u/ 

(late  Deputy  Superintendent,  Calcutta  Museum). 
Nature.—  "  \Wq  have  nothing  but  commendation  for  this  excellent  little  volume. 


TH ACKER,  SPINK  6-  CO.,   CALCUTTA. 


Second  Edition.     Imperial  i6mo.,  cloth,  8j^.  6^.  net.     Rs.  7.8 
THE    COMMON    5ENSE    OF    RIDING. 

RIDING     FOR     LADIES. 

WITH  HINTS  ON  THE  STABLE. 

By  Mrs.  POWER  O'DONOGHUE. 

With   68    Illustrations   by  A.    Chantkey    Corbould. 

This  able  and    beautiful   Volume  forms  a  standard  on  the  subject,  and  is  one 
which  no  lady  can  dispense  with. 


Reviews  of  Second  Edition. 

The  Lady.—"  Probably  the  best  book  on  riding  that  has  ever  been  written." 

Irish  Field. — "  Her  style  is  clear  and  convincing,  and  what  she  has  to  say  she 
says  in  the  simplest  possible  manner." 

Lady's-  Pictorial.  —  "  No  more  complete  treatise  on  equitation  could  easily 
be  put  forward." 

Ladies  Field.—"  Advice  on  all  points  connected  with  the  subject  is  so  clearly 
given  .  .  .  that  not  only  beginners  but  experienced  riders  will  find  it  invaluable." 

The  Queen.— "The  volume  has  been  carefully  written,  and  shows  great 
observation  on  the  part  of  the  writer." 


[R   TH ACKER   o-    CO.,  LONDON: 


Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  is.  6d.  net.     Re.  i. 

NOTES    ON    STABLE    MANAGEMENT^ 

WITH  GLOSSARY  OF  HINDUSTANI 
WORDS. 

By  Vety.   Col.  J.   A*   NUNN, 
F.R,C,V.S.,  CLE.,  D.S.O. 

This  little  work  is  written  specially  to  give 
the  new  arrival  in  India  some  idea  as  to  the 
management  of  his  horses,  especially  those 
who  are  getting  up  a  stable  for  the  first  time. 
It  contains  invaluable  hints  and  information, 
only  to  be  learned  in  the  ordinary  way  by 
long  and  often  bitter  experience. 

Indian  Daily  News. — "  The  notes  are  eminently 
practical,  and  give  sound  advice  on  everything 
pertaining  to  the  proper  care  of  horses,  such  as  can  be 
utilized  by  the  uninitiated  to  the  best  advantage." 

Fifth  Edition.     Fcap.  8vo.,  cloth,  3J-.  net.     Rs.  2. 

INDIAN    HORSE    NOTES. 

By  Major  C . 

An  Epitome  of  Useful  Information  arranged  for  ready  reference  on  Emergencies, 

and  specially  adapted  for  Officers  and  Mofussil  Residents.      All  technical  terms 

explained  and  simplest  remedies  selected. 

Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  3^.  net.      Rs.  2 

STATION    POLO. 

THE   TRAINING   AND   GENERAL  TREATMENT   OF   POLO 

PONIES,  TOGETHER   WITH   TYPES   AND 

TRAITS    OF    PLAYERS. 

By  Lieut.  HUGH  STEWART  (Lucifer). 

Contents. 
THE  POLO  PONY:  The  Raw  Pony— Preliminary  Training— First  Introduction 
—Stable  Management  —  Tricks  —  Injuries  —  Shoeing.      STATION    POLO  : 
Station  Polo,  How  shall  we  Play  ?— The  Procrastinator— The  Polo   Scurry- 
Idiosyncrasies— Types— Individual  V.  Combined  Tactics— Odds  and  Ends. 

Fcap.  8vo.,  limp  cloth,  is.  6d.  net.     Re.  i. 

GUIDE  TO  EXAMINATION  OF  HORSES 
FOR    SOUNDNESS. 

A    HANDBOOK    FOR    STUDENTS    AND    BEGINNERS. 
By  J.  MOORE,  F.R.C.V.S.,  Army  Vcty.  Dept. 


II 


TliACKER,    SPINK  &-    CO.,    CALCUTTA. 
Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  bs.     Rs.  4.8. 

DOGS    FOR    HOT    CLIMATES. 

A  Guide  for  Residents  in  Tropical  Climates 
as  to  suitable  Breeds,  their  respective  Uses, 
Management,  and  Doctoring, 

By  VERO  SHAW 

[Late  Kennel  Editor  of  "  The  Field"), 


Captain    M.    H.    HAYES, 

With  24  Illustrations  from  Photographs  and 
Drawings. 

Indian  Planters'  Gazette.  — "  The  authors 
of  '  Dogs  for  Hot  Climates  '  show  in  a  concise 
practical  way  how  to  treat  dogs,  and  what 
breeds  best  stand  hot  climates.  The  book 
should  be  on  every  one's  table,  for  sensible 
treatment  will  save  the  life  of  many  a  valuable 
and  much  loved  pet." 


Seventh  Edition.     Fcap.  Bvo.,  cloth,  25.  6d.  net.     Re.  1.8. 

INDIAN    NOTES   ABOUT    DOGS. 

THEIR   DISEASES   AND   TREATMENT. 

By  Major  C ♦ 

Contents, 

Medical  Treatment — Rules  for  Feeding — Prescriptions— Diseases  of  Dogs — 
Description  of  Various  Breeds — Advice  on  the  Importation  of  Dogs 
to  India — Hindustani  Vocabulary. 


Crown  8vo. ,   cloth,  4^-.  6d.  net.      Rs.  3. 

THE   MANAGEMENT   AND 
BREEDING    OF    DOGS    IN    INDIA, 

AND   THE   POINTS   TO   BREED    FOR. 
By  KADER 

(Asste.  of  the  English  Kennel  Club). 

Asian. — "  A  book  of  this  kind,  in  a  country  where  good  and  experienced  judges 
are  scarce,  and  where  reference  to  standard  authority  is  often  needed,  was 
much  wanted." 


IV.  TBACKER  &-  CO.,  LONDOM. 


Demy  8vo. ,  gilt  tops.     Twenty-four  Volumes,  complete,  ^12  12s.  net. 
THE  EDITION  DE  LUXE  OF  THE 

WORKS  of  G.  J.  WHYTE-MELVILLE. 

Edited  by  the  Right  Hon*  Sir  HERBERT  MAX  WELL,  Bart*,  MP, 

The  Volumes  are  printed  from  new  type  on 
hand-made  paper,  specially  manufactured  for  this 
Edition,  and  handsomely  bound  in  buckram, 
with  gilt  top^.  Coloured  Frontispiece  on 
Japanese  vellum,  and  full-page  Illustrations  by 
well-known  Artists. 

I.     RIDING     RECOLLECTIONS. 

Illustrated  by  Hugh  Thomson. 

II.     KATERFELTO.      Illustrated  by 
G.  H.  Jalland. 

III.  UNCLE    JOHN.      Illustrated    by 

E.  Caldwell  and  H.  M.  Brock. 

IV.  MARKET        HARBOROUGH. 

Illustrated  by  Hugh  Thomson  and 
Finch  Mason. 

V.     CONTRABAND.      Illustrated  by 
Bernard  Partridge. 

N.      Illustrated 


VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

IX. 

X. 

XI. 

XII. 

XIII. 

XIV. 

XV. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

XVIII. 

XIX. 

XX. 

XXI. 

XXII. 

XXIII. 

XXIV. 


by   C.   E. 


M    OR 

I!rock. 

TILBURY-NO-GO.        Illustrated 
by  E.  Caldwell.  '  ^  .. 

SONGS   AND  VERSES,  and   BONES   AND   I.      Illustrated  by   H.  M. 

Brock. 
BLACK,  BUT  COMELY.     Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 
THE  BROOKES  OF  BRIDLEMERE.     Illustrated  by  Fred  Roe. 
THE    WHITE    ROSE.     Illustrated  by  H.  Bird. 
ROY'S    WIFE.      Illustrated  by  Cecil  Alden. 
SATANELLA.     Illustrated  by  G.  H.  Jalland. 
DIGBY    GRAND,     Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 
SARCHEDON.     Illustrated  by  Harrington   Bird. 
ROSINE,  and  SISTER    LOUISE.     Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 
KATE    COVENTRY.     Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 
CERISE.     Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 
QUEEN'S    MARIES.      Illustrated  by  G.  H.  Jalland. 
HOLMBY    HOUSE.      Illustrated  by  G.  H.  Jalland. 
GENERAL    BOUNCE.      Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 
GLADIATORS.      Illustrated  by  Harrington  Bird. 
GOOD    FOR    NOTHING.      Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 
THE    INTERPRETER.      Illustrated  by  H.  M.  Brock. 

Standard. — '■'  He  made  the  sporting  novel  something  so  entirely  different  lo  what  it  had 
been,  that  he  must  be  recognised  as  the  ori^i;inator  of  a  new  species,  more  elevated,  more 
rehned,  and  more  largely  imbued  with  the  spirit  of  modern  society." 

Times. — "  The  edition  has  everything  to  recommend  it  externally." 

Times. — "  Good  paper  and  type  and  a  good  serviceable  binding." 

P'icld. — "  Altogether  a  pleasure  to  read." 

Saturday  Review. — "Fulfils  every  requirement  of  tlie  book-lover  in  paper,  type,  illus- 
trations, and  binding." 

Truth. — "  Has  every  clauu  to  be  considered  an  edition  dc  luxe.'" 


THACKER,  SPINK  &=  CO.,    CALCUTTA. 


QBNBRAL 


Large  Fcap.  (17  X  11),  bound  art  cloth,  21^-.  net.     Rs.  18.6. 


THE 


PHIL 

MAY 

FOLIO 


OF  CARICATURE  DRAWINGS  &  SKETCHES 

In  Line  Block,  Half -Tone,  and  Photogravure. 


The  Folio  includes  about  250  Drawings  by  the  late  Artist, 
largely  selected  by  himself  from  Phil  May's  Annual  as 
representing  his  best  efforts  in  various  styles.  A  number  of 
Sketches  are  also  given  which  have  never  before  been  published. 
The  Drawings  are  arranged  in  fourteen  groups,  as  follows,  each 
group  being  preceded  by  a  brief  comment : — 

I.  Personages  and  Celel:)rities- — 2.  Costers  and  Cockneys — 3.  Brother 
Brushes— 4.  The  Bars  and  the  Streets — 5.  Character  Studies — 
6.  Within  and  Without  the  Ghetto — 7.  Types  I  Have  Met  ;  and 
Things  we  See  when  we  come  out  without  Our  Gun— 8.  Among  the 
Thespians — 9.  Studies  and  Sketches  Abroad — 10.  With  the  Children 
—  II.  By  the  Sea- 12.  On  the  Country-side — 13.  Sporting  Sketches — 
14.  Irish  and  Scottish. 

A  Biography  by  a  personal  friend  and  a  full-page  portrait  of   the  Artist 
in  Photogravure,  are  important  features  of  the  book. 

Graphic.  —  "Among  the  many  collections  of  drawings  by  this  gifted  artist  which 
have  appeared,  this  is  one  of  the  best  we  have  seen,  the  various  phases  of  life 
which  his  pencil  loved  to  depict  being  all  well  represented," 


14  JV.   TH ACKER  ^  CO.,  LONDON. 


Third    Impression.       Demy  8vo.,   cloth    gilt,   300    pages,   55.    net.       Rs.   4,6. 

ASTRONOMY 

WITHOUT  A  TELESCOPE. 


By  E.  WALTER  MAUNDER,  F*R.A*S. 

(Of  the  Royal  Observatory,  Greenwich). 


An    Intfoducticn   to  the    Knowledge  of    the   Constellations,  and  to  the 
Study  of  the  Heavens  with  the  Unassisted  Sight* 


Fully  Illustrated  with  Full-page  Plates,  and  with  Maps  and  Charts  for  Identifying 
the  Constellations  and  the  principal  Stars,  and  twelve  Star  Maps,  forming  a 

COMPLETE  CELESTIAL  ATLAS,  together  with  a  FULL  INDEX 
OF  STARS,  PLANETS,  and  CONSTELLATIONS. 

Standard. — "Just  the  book  for  a  person  of  ordinary  education,  who  wants  to 
be  taught  something  of  the  more  easily  observed  wonders  of  that  science,  and  it 
has  the  advantage  of  being  written  in  a  very  clear  and  attractive  style." 

Daily  News.—'-''  Mr.  E.  W.  Maunder  has  done  more  than  any  other  astronomer 
living  to  show  how  the  study  of  his  favourite  science  may  be  pursued  without  the 
aid  of  the  telescope  or  other  instruments.  .  .  .  An  attractive  and  instructive  book, 
which  ought  to  make  many  amateur  astronomers." 


THACKER,   SPINK  6*   CO.,  CALCUTTA. 


Seventh  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  6s.     Rs.  4.8. 

THE   TRIBES   ON   MY   FRONTIER 

AN  INDIAN  NATURALIST'S  FOREIGN  POLICY. 
By  EHA. 

With  Fifty  Illustrations  by  F.  C.  MACRAE. 


In  this  remarkably  clever  work  there  are  most  graphically  and  humorously 
described  the  surroundings  of  a  Mofussil  bungalow.  The  twenty  chapters  embrace 
a  year's  experiences,  and  provide  endless  sources  of  amusement  and  suggestion. 


Knowledge.—"  This  is  a  delightful  book,  irresistiblv  funny  in  description  and 
illustration,  but  full  of  genuine  science  too.  .  ,  .  There  is  not  a  dull  or  uninstructive 
page  in  the  whole  book." 


Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  6y.     Rs.  4.8. 

A  NATURM.IST  ON  THE  PROWL. 

By  EHA. 


With  Eighty  Illustrations  by 
R.    A.  STERNDALE,   F.R.G.S.,    F.Z.S. 


In   this  volume  the  Author  conducts  his 

rA  •        readers  to  the  Jungles  and  Country  round  the 

^p^     Home,  and  with  genial  humour  and  practised 

jl)£i^  science  teaches  the  interesting  art  of  "  How  to 

y     ^  observe"  the  structure  and  habits  of  Birds, 

Beasts,  and  Insects. 


Daily  Chronicle. — "  It  is  one  of  the  most 
interesting  books  upon  Natural  History  that 
we  have  read  for  a  long  time.  It  is  never  dull, 
and  yet  solid  information  is  conveyed  by  nearly 
every  page." 


i6 


IV.    TH ACKER  &-  CO.,  LONDON. 


Eighth  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  6s.     Rs.  4.8. 

BEHIND   THE   BUNGALOW^ 

By  EHA* 

With  Fifty-three  Illustrations  by  F.  C.  MACRAE. 

As  The  Tribes  on  My  Frontier  graphically  and  humorously  described  the 
Animal  Surroundings  of  an  Indian  Bungalow,  the  present  work  portrays  with 

much  pleasantry  the  Human  Officials 
thereof,  with  their  peculiarities, 
idiosyncrasies,  and,  to  the  European, 
strange  methods  of  duty. 

The  World. — "These sketches  may 
have  an  educational  purpose  beyond 
that  of  mere  amusement  ;  they  show 
through  all  their  fun  a  keen  observa- 
tion of  native  character  and  a  just 
appreciation  of  it." 


The  Graphic. — "Anglo  -  Indians 
will  see  how  truthful  are  these 
sketches.  People  who  know  nothing 
about  India  will  delight  in  the  clever 
drawings  and  the  truly  humorous 
"  A  LITTLE  isLOPE."  descriptions." 


Seventh  Edition.      Crown  Bvo.,  cloth  gilt,  ds.      Rs.  4.8. 

TWENTY-ONE  DAYS 
IN  INDIA. 

BEING    THE     TOUR     OF     SIR 
ALI    BABA,    K.C.B. 

By  GEORGE  ABERIGH 
MACKAY* 

With  Thirteen  full-page  Illustrations. 

Land  and  Water. — "The  scores  of  letters 
to  '  Vanity  Fair,'  which  created  such  a  sensa- 
tion in  India  some  j'ears  ago,  have  maintained 
their  popularity  in  a  fashion  whicli  their  clever- 
ness thoroughly  deserves." 

This  latest  edition  of  the  most  famous  Satire  ever  written  on 
Indian  Society  and  Social  Life  is  absolutely  complete  The 
Illustrations  specially  drawn  for  the  expensive  edition  all  appear 
in  this  impression, 


TH ACKER,  SPINK  ^  CO.,  CALCUTTA. 


17 


Tenth  Edition.      Crown  8vo. ,  cloth  gilt,  6.v.      Rs.  4.8. 

LAYS    OF    IND, 

COMIC,     SATIRICAL,    AND 

DESCRIPTIVE. 

Poems  Illustrative  of  Anglo-Indian  Life. 

By  ALIPH  CHEEM. 

Illustrated  by  the  Author,  Lionel 
Inglis,  R.  a.  Sterndale,  and  others. 

The  World. — "  This  is  a  remarkably  bright  little 
book.  In  a  few  of  the  poems  the  jokes,  turning  on 
local  names  and  customs,  are  somewhat  esoteric  ; 
but  taken  throughout,  the  verses  are  characterised 
by  high  animal  spirits,  great  cleverness,  and  most 
excellent  fooling." 

Lwerpool  Mercury. — "  One  can  readily  imagine 
the  merriment  created  round  the  camp  fire  by  the 
recitation  of  the  '  Two  Thumpers,'  which  is  irre- 
sistibly droll." 

Scotsman. — "The  'Lays'  are  not  only  Anglo- 
Indian  in  origin,  but  out-and-out  Anglo-Indian  in 
subject  and  colour." 


Fifth  Edition.     i2mo.,  sewed,  li.  (yd.  net.     Re.  i. 

ONOOCOOL   CHUNDER    MOOKERJER 

A   MEMOIR   OF   THE   LATE  JUSTICE   ONOOCOOL 

CHUNDER  MOOKERJEE. 

By  Mi  MOOKERJEE. 

The  Tribes  on  my  Frontier. — "  The  reader  is  earnestly  advised  to  procure  the  life  of  this 
gentleman,  written  by  his  nephew,  and  read  it." 


Fcap.  Bvo.,  xs.  6d.  net.    Re,  i. 

INDIA     IN     1983. 

This  little  book  was  originally  written  at  the  time  of  the  Ilbert  Bill  agita- 
tion ;  it  gives  a  farcical  account  of  an  imaginary  evacuation  of  India  by  the 
British  and  the  subsequent  Government  by  a  Babu  Raj. 


Indian  Daily  News. 
Times  of  India. — " 
which  it  consists." 


-"Instructive  as  well  as  amusing." 

.'here  is  not  a  dull  page  in  tne  hundred  and  thirty-seven  pages  of 


Demy  8vo.,  cloth,  6s.  net.     Rs.  4.8. 

ANIMALS    OF    NO    IMPORTANCE. 

A     SERIES     OF     HUMOROUS     ESSAYS     ON     SOME     OF     THE 

COMMON    BIRDS,    BEASTS,    AND    INSECTS    OF    INDIA. 

By  D.  DEWAR,  I.C.S. 

Nature.— "■  We  may  commend  the  work  as  an  excellent  practical  example  of  '  Nature 
Teaching.'  " 

Indian  Daily  A'^wj.^-"  The  sketches  are  brightly  and  cleverly  written,  and  there  is  a  ripple 
of  humour  running  throughout  them  which  makes  them  pleasant  and  amusing  reading." 


i8 


W.    TH ACKER  &-   CO.,   LONDON, 


AVAL. 


Invaluable  to  all  who  take  an  interest  in  Naval  Matters. 
Published  Annually. 


THE    NAVAL    POCKET    BOOK. 

Edited  by  GEOFFREY  S.  LAIRD  CLOWES. 

Cloth  i6mo.,5^  X4X  lin.,7.T.  6d.  net.  Rs.  6. lo. 
975  psges,  on  thin  paper,  weighing  10  oz, 


ALL  THE 


NAVIES  OF  THE 
A  GLANCE. 


WORLD  AT 


Containing  complete  information  regarding 
all  the  Navies  of  the  World. 

An  indispensable  Companion  to  the  Naval 
Officer — Active  and  Reserve. 

CONTENTS. —  The  Navies  of  all 
Nations,  Classified  and  Analytical 
List :  Battleships,  Ironclads,  Gunboats  ; 
Cruisers,  Torpedo  Boats,  and  Destroyers  ; 
Hospital,  Harbour,  Training  Ships,  etc., 
etc.— Dry  Docks — Guns  and  Small 
Arms— Submarines — Tables  for  Con- 
version OF  Measures,  etc. — Plans  of 
Ships  :  Showing  Armours,  Decks,  etc. — 
Complete  Index  of  Ships  by  Name. 

Lord  Charles  Beresford,  in  a  letter,  says  : — "  It  is  one  of  the  most 
useful  and  handy  works  of  reference  on  naval  matters  that  I  know  of,  and 
invaluable  to  all  who  take  an  interest  in  naval  matters." 


ROYALi  SOVEREIGN 

JCLASS. 

!l(As  Altered.) 


Aruiour,  comp. 

A.  13*5  in.  B. 

B.  6  ill.  Q. 


SPECIMEN    ILLUSTRATION. 

Pall  Mall  Gazette. — "The  information  contained  upon  the  navies  of  the 
vv^orld  is  most  complete  and  comprehensive,  and  the  900  pages  of  printed  matter 
are  remarkable  for  containing  so  much  in  so  small  a  compass. " 

Naval  and  Military  Record.— "'  h  handv  volume  for  use  anywhere  and 
(nervwhcrc Surprisingly  accurate. 


TH ACKER,  SPINK  &-  CO.,   CALCUTTA. 


»9 


Royal  8vo.,  cloth,  400  pages,  21  j.  net.     Rs.  18.6. 
(Uniform    with    "The    Imperial    Russian    Navv.") 

THE   IMPERIAL  JAPANESE  NAVY. 

By  FRED  T.  JANE, 

Author  of  "  All  the  World's  Fighting  Ships." 
ITS  HISTORY  FROM  THE  EARLIEST  TIMES  TO  THE  PRESENT  DAY. 


Plans,  Photographs,  and  full  descriptions  of  all  Ships  in  the  Japanese  Navy, 
Dockyards,  and  Arsenals. 

The  China-Japanese  War,  with  official  reports  and  hitherto  unpublished 
details,  furnished  in  each  case  by  officers  who  actually  participated  in  the  events 
described. 

The  Far  Eastern  Problem — from  the  Japanese  Standpoint. 

With  over  80  Illustrations  from  Sketches  and  Drawings  by  Japanese  Artists  and 
from  Photographs. 

Naval  and  Military  Record. — "This  is  a  most  excellent  book,  useful  not 
alone  as  a  handbook  to  the  fleet,  but  as  a  complete  guide  to  the  whole  of  the  sea 
service,  and  should  prove  of  unmistakable  value  to  professional  men  of  any 
nationaUty." 

The  Spectator. — "Our  readers  had  better  study  Mr.  Jane's  book,  it  is  the 
best  account  extant  of  the  Japanese  Navy,  and  its  possibilities  as  indicatod.  by  the 
Japanese  officer." 

The  Morning  Post. — "  The  work  is  in  all  other  respects  an  excellent  one  and 
on  a  topic  of  world-wide  importance;  tersely  written,  splendidly  illustrated  by 
photographs  and  drawings." 

C    2 


20  ^.    THACkER  6-   CO.,   LOKDOX. 


Royal  8vo.,  cloth,  730PP-.  25^.  net.     Rs.  22. 
Uniform  with  "The  Imperial  Japanese  Navy." 

THE    IMPERIAL   RUSSIAN    NAVY. 

By  FRED  T.  JANE. 

With  over  150  Illustrations  from  Sketches  and  Drawings  by  the  Anther  and  from 

Photographs. 
The  First  Edition  appeared  5  years  ago.     Since  then  the  Russian  Navy  has 
been  revolutionised.     The  book  has  now  been  almost  re-written,  and  stands  as  the 
only  work  deahng  with  the  Russian  Navy  as  it  is  in  these  early  days  of  1904. 

Some  of  the  Principal  Contents* 

The  Germ  of  the  Russian  Navy,  865-1645— f\'ter  the  Great's  founding  of  the 
Russian  Navy— Its  Battles— Its  History— Detailed  Descriptions  (with  photo- 
graphs and  plans)  of  all  the  Ships  at  present  on  the  Russian  Navy  List  ;  of  all 
the  Russian  Dockyards— Russia's  Shipbuilding  Programme— Projected  Ship 
Canals— The  Personnel  of  the  Fleet— Anglo- Russian  Relations— Biographies 
and  Services  of  British  Officers  who  have  served  in  the  Russian  Navy— Plans 
of  Battles— A  Complete  List  of  Russian  War  Ships,  built  and  building. 

The  Times. "Full  of  information  compiled  with  laudable  skill  and  industry, 

not  the  least  instructive  part  of  it  being  that  which  deals  with  the  personnel  of  the 
Russian  Navy,  about  which  the  average  English  reader  knows,  as  a  rule,  little  or 

nothing."  ,  ,      ,        .,     , 

Daily  News.—^^  Mr.  Jane's  volume  of  more  than  700  pages  may  be  described 

as  an  up-to-date,  well-arranged,  and  concise  encyclopaedia  of  its  subject." 

Oblong  foho,  cloth,  55.  net.       Rs.  4.8. 
A  NEW  AND  CHEAPER  EDITION  OF 

THE  TORPEDO  IN  PEACE  &  WAR* 

By  FRED  T-  JANE. 

With  -xo  full-page  and  mimerous  smaller  Illustrations,  the  greater  part  of  which 
are  reproductions  of  actual  sketches  by  the  Author  made  at  Sea  on  board  Torpedo 

Craft. 
The  book  deals,  as  its   title  implies,   with  Torpedoes   and   Torpedo   Craft 
generally,  and  should  be  in  the  hands— especially  at  the  present  time— of  all  who 
interest  "themselves  in  naval  affairs.  ,       ,  ,  ,        .  , 

Naval  and  Military  Review.—'''  Altogether  a  handy  and  coniprehensive  work, 
and  those  interested  in  the  subject  will  learn  a  good  deal  frorii  it."     _ 

Marine  En<^ineer. — "As  a  description  of  naval  Ufe  as  it  is  at  this  time  v.e  can 
cordially  recommend  it."  ^^ 

Large  crown  8vo.,  cloth  gilt,  3^.  bd.     Rs.  3. 

BLAKE  OF  THE  ''  RATTLESNAKE^^ 

OR,  THE  MAN  WHO  SAVED  ENGLAND. 

A  most  Thrilling  Tale  of  Life  on  board  a  Torpedo  Destroyer  in  time  of  War. 

By  FRED  T.  JANE. 

With  16  Illustrations  by  the  Author. 


THACKER,  SPINK  &•  CO.,  CALCUTTA. 


M/UTARV. 

Demy  8\o.,  cloth,  gs.  net.     Rs.  7 

FORTIFICATION   AS   APPLIED   TO 
SCHEMES. 

SPECIALLY  PREPARED  FOR  PROMOTION 

EXAMINATIONS. 

By  Major  L.  J.  SHAD  WELL,  P.S.C,  and 

Major  W.  EWBANK,  R.E.,   D.A.A.G.   for  Instr«ction. 

Secon,i  EditioTTskMaps.     Demy  8vo.,  cloth,  6.r^  net.     Rs  48 

Much  enlarged  and  brought  up  to  date  by  Major  L.  J.  Shadwei.l,  P.S  C 

late  U.A.A.G.  for  Instruction. 

NORTH-WEST   FRONTIER 
WARFARE. 

BEING  A  SUPPLEMENT  TO  "TACTICS  AS 

APPLIED  TO  SCHEMES." 

By  Colonel  J.  SHERSTON* 


Demy  8vo.,  cloth.  8s.  6d.  net.     Rs.  6  8. 

NOTES,  QUESTIONS,  AND  ANSWERS  ON 
MILITARY    LAW. 

THE    MANUAL    OF    MILITARY    LAW    AND    INDIAN 

ARTICLES  OF  WAR  SPECIALLY  PREPARED 

FOR  PROMOTION  EXAMINATION. 

By  Major  L.  J.  SHADWELL,  P.S.C,  Suffolk  Regiment, 

late  D.A.A.G.  for  Instruction. 
.a3i>y.re.e,,,bercd  fo?™:';:hS^:;!u"bVfo;!nSTrrLrLssS- ,:;\h\'s°u^^^^ 


22  W.    TH ACKER   &>    CO.,   LONDON. 

Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  3^.      Rs.  2.4. 

FORTIFICATION     AND 
TOPOGRAPHY. 

MEMORANDA    AND    FORMULAE. 
By  Lt.-Col.  H.  M.  S.  BRUNKER,  P.S.C.  Honours, 

Author  of  "  Notes  on  Organisation  and  Equipment,"  etc. 

These  notes  do  not  pretend  to  teach  ;  it  is  intended  they  should  be  committed 
to  memory  while  working  up  the  text  books  and  attending  lectures.  This  will 
give  a  sure  foundation  on  which  to  complete  the  study. 

Broad  Arro7v. — "  This  is  a  useful  contribution  to  the  candidate's  side  of  the 
struggle  between  examiner  and  examinee." 

Second  Edition.     i8mo.,  cloth,  3^.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

ISSUE  OF  ORDERS  IN  THE  FIELD. 

By  Capt.  IVOR  PHILLIPS,  P.S.C. 

This  book  has  been  written  to  fill  a  want  which  must  have  been  ieit  by  those 
who  have  been  suddenly  called  upon  to  write  orders,  either  on  active  service  or 
peace  manoeuvres,  without  any  previous  training  and  without  any  special  book  to 
turn  to  for  assistance. 

Fcap.  8vo.,  cloth,  2s.  6d.     Rs.  1.8. 

TRANSPORT. 

By  Major  W.  H.  ALLEN 

(late    Assistant    Commissary    General    in    India). 

Pioneer. — "  The  work  of  condensation  seems  to  have  been  admirably  done, 
and  the  book  is  arranged  on  a  plan  which  makes  it  a  very  simple  matter  to  find  the 
regulations  relating  to  a  particular  subject." 

Fcap.  8vo.,  cloth,  2J.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2. 

TRANSPORT  OF  HORSES  BY  SEA. 

By  E.  E.  MARTIN,  A.V.D. 

Hints  for  the  Management  and  Treatment  of  Horses  on  Shipboard  from  actual 
experience  gained  on  Active  Service. 


7 HACKER,  SPINK  ^  CO.,   CALCUTTA.  23 


Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  7J.  6d.  net.     Rs.  5. 

THE  FIGHTING  RACES  OF  INDIA. 

By  P.  D.  BONARJEE 

(Assistant  in  the  ^^ilitary  Department,  Government  of  India). 

An  account  of  tlie  Sikhs,  Gurkhas,  Pathans,  Baluchis.  Punjabis,  Dogras, 
Rajputs,  Mahrattas,  and  other  tribes  from  whom  the  Indian  Army  is  recruited. 

HISTORY,  CUSTOM,   TRAVEL,  6cc. 

With  19  Illustrations.     Crown  8vo.,  sewed,  6s.     Rs.  4. 

THE   PARISH   OF   BENGAL, 

1678  to  1788. 

By   H.   B.   HYDE,    M.A. 

(A  Senior  Chaplain  on  H.M.'s  Indian  Ecclesiastical  Establishment). 

Eiiglishmaji.  — "  Upon  every  page  is  something  of  interest  and  of  charm  .  .  . 
there  has  seldom  been  a  book  better  worth  buying,  better  worth  reading,  and  better 
worth  keepmg  than  Mr.  Hyde's  latest  contribution  to  the  history  of  old  Calcutta." 

Crown  8vo.       Illustrated,  paper  wrapper,  4^.  6d.  net.     Rs.  3. 

THE    LIFE    OF    CLAUD    MARTIN, 

MAJOR-GENERAL    IN    THE    ARMY    OF   THE 
HON'BLE   EAST    INDIA    COMPANY. 

By   S.    C.   HILL,    B^A.,    B.S.C, 

(Otiticer  in  charge  of  the  Records  of  the  Government  of  India). 
Crown  8vo. ,  cloth.  ' 

HARTLY   HOUSE,  CALCUTTA. 

Reprinted  from  the  Edition  of  1789,  with  Notes  and  a  Map. 

By  JOHN  MACFARLANE 

(Librarian  of  the  Imperial  Library,  Calcutta),  \_Shcrlly^ 


24 


PV.    TH ACKER    ^    CO.,   LONDON. 


Third  Edition.     With  numerous  Ilhistrations.      Post  8vo.,  7^.  dd.     Rs.  6. 

ECHOES   FROM   OLD   CALCUTTA. 

CHIEFLY    REMINISCENCES    OF   THE   DAYS    OF    WARREN 
HASTINGS,    FRANCIS,    AND    IMPEY. 

By  H»  E.  BUSTEED,  CLE. 


-^Sflnn^'^^WJff: 


Daily  Telegraph. — "Dr.  Busteed  has  unearthed  some  astonishing  revelations  of  what 
European  Life  in  India  resembled  a  centur>''_back." 

Saturday  Review. — "  It  is  a  pleasure  to  reiterate  the  warm  commendation  of  this 
instructive  and  lively  volume  which  its  appearance  called  forth  some  years  since.  It  would 
be  lamentable  if  a  book  so  fraught  with  interest  to  all  Englishmen  should  be  restricted  to 
Anglo-Indian  circles.  A  fresh  instalment  of  letters  from  Warren  Hastings  to  his  wife  must  be 
noted  as  extremely  interesting,  while  the  papers  on  Sir  Philip  .Francis,  Nuncomar,  and  the 
romantic  career  of  Mrs.  Grand,  who  became  Princess  Benevento  and  the  wife  of  Talleyrand, 
ought  by  now  to  be  widely  known." 

Demy  8vo.,  paper,  \s.  6d.  net.     Re.  i. 

THE  SERAMPORE  PORTRAIT. 
IS    IT    MADAME    GRAND? 

By  H.  E.  BUSTEED,  M.D.,  CLE. 

Being  a  Supplement  to  "  Echoes  from  Old  Calcutta." 


THACKER,   SPINK  ^    CO.,    CALCUTTA. 


25 


Crown  8vo. ,  clotli,  y.f.   net.     Rs.  6, 

CALCUTTA : 
PAST    AND    PRESENT. 

By  KATHLEEN   BLECHYNDEN. 

With  Illustrations  from  Portraits  and  Engravings,  and  a  Coloured  Frontispiece. 


Being  an  outline  Sketch  of  the  principal  events  which  have  made  a  small 
trading  Settlement  into  the  premier  City  of  India,  and  containing  much  interesting 
information  regarding  the  old-time  Buildings,  Inhabitants,  Customs,  and  Life  in 
general  in  Old  Calcutta. 


Royal  i2mo.,  cloth,  4?.  6d.   net.     Rs.  3.8. 

A  JAUNT  IN  JAPAN 

OR,    NINETY  DAYS'   LEAVE    IN   THE   FAR    EAST. 
By  Capt.  S.  C.  F.  JACKSON,  D.S.O. 

Pioneer. — "  To  those  In  India  who  may  be  contemplating  a  trip  to  Japan,  we  can 
confidently  recommend  a  little  book  by  Capt.  S.  C.  F.  Jackson  ....  is  very  readable, 
and  moreover  it  contains  detailed  information  as  to  steamers,  places  e7t  route,  cost  of  travel- 
ling and  living  in  Japan  itself,  what  to  see,  and  what  to  avoid  .  .  .  Captain  Jackson  is  s, 
good  guide." 


26 


W.   TH ACKER  v.V  CO.,  LONDON. 


Demy  8vo.,  cloth,  334  pp.,  10^.  6d.  net.     Rs.  6. 

THE     EXPLORATION    OF    TIBET. 

ITS  HISTORY  AND  PARTICULARS,  FROM   1623  to  1904. 

By  Revd.  GRAHAM  SANDBERG,  B.A. 

With  Maps  of  Tibet  and  Plan  of  the  Sacred  City  of  Lhasa. 

Athenaum.—"  This  IS  a  timely  and  valuable  record  of  the  process  of  exploration  by 
which  Tibet  has  been  gradually  revealed  to  Western  ken.  .  .  .  As  a  chronicle  of  travel 
and  review  of  exploration,  Mr.  Sandberg's  work  merits  praise  for  the  cautious  care  and 
industry  with  which  it  has  been  compiled." 


Two  Vols.     Demy  8vo. ,  cloth,  24^.     Rs.  18. 

THE  HISTORY  OF  CHINA. 

By  DEMETRIUS  C.  BOULGER, 

Author  of  "  Chinese  Gordon,"  "  Sir  Stamford  Raffles,"  etc.,  etc. 

Illustrated  with  Portraits  and  Maps. 

The  Second  Volume  contains  a  full  History  of  China  and  her  connection 
with  European  Nations,  and  detailed  accounts  of  all  events,  including  the 
China-Japan  War,  and  its  Diplomatic  consequences. 

Saturday  Review. — "  One  cannot  read  this  admirable  history  without  feeling  how  much 
Mr.  Boulger's  sympathies  have  been  enlisted  by  the  wonderful  recoi  d  of  Chinese  achievement 
and  Chinese  character  which  he  has  collected  with  so  much  charm  and  ability." 

Pall  Mall  Gazette. — "  Regarded  as  history  pure  and  simple,  Mr.  Boulger's  latest  effort 
is  all  that  such  a  work  should  be." 


Royal  Bvo. ,  cloth. 
A  SKETCH  OF  THE 

ETHNOLOGY 
OF    INDIA^ 

By 
H.  H.  RISLEY,  LC.S.,  C.S.L,  CLE. 

Secretary  to  the  Government  of 
India  in  the  Home  Department, 
Officier  of  the  French  Academy, 
Corresponding  Member  of  the  Berlin 
Anthropological  Society  and  of  the 
Anthropological  Institute  of  Great 
Britain  and   Ireland,   <S:c. 

\hi  preparation^ 


TH ACKER,    SPINK  &>    CO.,    CALCUTTA. 


27 


Ornamental  cloth  (10  X  7),  18^.  net. 
Rs.  12. 

SIMLA : 

Past  &  Present 

By  E.  J.  BUCK. 

Db:dicated  to   His   Excellency 
Lord  Curzon,  G.M.S.I.,  G.C.I.E. 

Being  a  complete  account  of  the 
Origin,  Early  History,  and  Develop- 
ment of  Simla,  the  Summer  Resi- 
dence of  the  Government  of  India, 
with  descriptions  of  interesting  Per- 
sonages and  their  Residences,  and 
an  account  of  the  Social  Functions 
and  Amusements  of  the  Station. 

Pioneer.— ''^  Residents  and  Visitors  will 
be  both  instructed  and  amused  by  the 
stories  of  social  life  in  the  old  daj's,  and  the 
illustrations  will  add  to  their  enjoyment  of 
the  letterpress.  Nothing  has  been  forgotten. 
It  should  be  read  by  everyone," 


Indiati   Daily 
eroy.     It  was  :        .  _  . 
giving  to  the  literary  public  a  well-written  and  informative  volume 


_    Telegraph. — "  The  publication  was  first  suggested  to  Mr.  Buck  by  the 
Viceroy.     It  was  a  happy  thought  on  the  part  of  Lord  Curzon,  for  it  has  been  the  means  of 


Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  3^.  ^d.     Rs.  2.10. 

TALES   FROM    INDIAN    HISTORY. 

BEING  THE  ANNALS  OF  INDIA  RE-TOLD  IN  NARRATIVES. 
By  J,  TALBOYS  WHEELER. 

Broad  Arrow. — "The  history  of  our  great  dependency  made  extremely  attractive 
reading.     Altogether,  this  work  is  of  rare  merit." 

Daily  Chronicle. — "  Will  absorb  the  attention  of  all  who  delight  in  thrilling  records  of 
adventure  and  daring.    It  is  no  mere  complication,  but  an  earnest  and  brightly  written  book." 

Demy  8vo.,  cloth  gilt,  75.  6d.  net.     Rs.  6. 

SELECTED    SPEECHES    BY 

H.E.  The  Right  Hon.  LORD  CURZON, 

GiM.S.Lt  G.C.LE*,  Viceroy  and  Governor-General  of  India* 

From  1898-190L 

This  volume  contains  the  principal  speeches  delivered  by  Lord  Curzon  from 
the  date  of  his  appointment  as  Viceroy  up  to  the  beginning  of  1901.  They  deal 
with  a  great  variety  of  subjects  connected  with  the  adniinistration  of  India, 


28 


IV.    TH ACKER   &-    CO.,   LONDON. 


Second  Edition.     Revised.     Crown  8vo. , 

js.  6d.     Rs.  5.10. 

HINDU 
MYTHOLOGY  : 

VEDIC  AND  PURANIC. 
By  Rev.  W.  J.  WILKINS 

(late  of  the  London  Missionary  Society) 
Calcutta). 

Illustrated  by   100  Engravings,  chiefly 
from  Drawings  by  Native  Artists. 


Hotne  A^etvs.  — "  The  author  has  attempted  a  work  of  no  little  ambition  and  has 
succeeded  in  his  attempt,  the  volume  being  one  of  great  interest  and  usefulness  ; 
and  not  the  less  so  because  he  has  strictly  refrained  from  diluting  his  facts  with 
comments  of  his  own.     It  has  numerous  illustrations." 

Indian  Daily  Neivs. — "In  Mr.  Wilkins'  book  we  have  an  illustrated  manual, 
the  study  of  which  will  lay  a  solid  foundation  for  more  advanced  knowledge, 
while  it  will  furnish  those  who  may  have  the  desire  without  having  the  time  or 
opportunity  to  go  further  into  the  subject,  with  a  really  extensive  stock  of  accurate 
information." 


Second  Edition.     Revised.     Crown  8vo. ,  7s.  6d.     Rs.  5.10. 

MODERN    HINDUISM^ 

AN   ACCOUNT   OF    THE    RELIGION    AND    LIFE    OF 
THE   HINDUS   IN    NORTHERN    INDIA. 

By  Rev.  W.  J.  WILKINS. 

Contents. 

Life   and  Worship  —  Morals  —  Woman — Caste  —  Sects  —  Death  — 

Shradha— Future  Life. 


Saturday  Review. — "  He  writes  with  a  liberal  and  comprehensive  spirit," 


THACKER,  SPl.VK  &^    CO.,   CALCUTTA.  ±^ 

Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  165.  net.     Rs.  12. 

HINDU    CASTES    AND    SECTS. 

An  Exposition  of  the  Origin  of  the  Hindu  Caste  System  and  the  bearing  of 
the  Sects  towards  each  other  and  towards  other  Rehgious  Systems. 

By  Pandit  JOGENDRA  NATH  BHATTACHARYA, 
M*A«,  D.L. 

Madras  Mail. — "A  valuable  work The  Author  has  the  courage  of 

his  convictions." 

Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  js.  6d.  net.     Rs.  5. 

THE     HINDOOS    AS    THEY    ARE. 

A   DESCRIPTION   OF   THE   MANNERS,  CUSTOMS, 
AND  INNER  LIFE  OF  HINDOO  SOCIETY,  BENGAL. 

By  SHIB  CHUNDER  BOSE. 

West  minster  Gazette. — "  Shib  Chunder  Bose  is  an  enlightened  Bengali  of 
matured  conviction  and  character,  and  his  extended  and  varied  experience  eminently 
qualify  him  for  lifting  the  veil  from  the  inner  life  of  his  countrymen." 


Crown  8vo.,  cloth  gilt,  3^-.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

THE    ETHICS    OF    ISLAM. 

A   LECTURE   BY 
SYED  AMIR  ALI,  CLE.,  M.A*, 

Author  of  "  The  Spirit  of  Islam,"  "  The  Personal  Law  of  the  Mahomedans,"  etc. 

An  attempt  towards  the  exposition  of  Islamic  Ethics  in  the  English  language. 
Besides  most  of  the  Koranic  ordinances,  a  number  of  the  precepts  and  sayings  of 
the  Prophet,  the  Caliph  Ali,  and  "  Our  Lady  "  are  translated  and  given. 

Second  Edition.     Svo.,  cloth,  6s.  net.     Rs.  4. 

REPRESENTATIVE    INDIANS. 

By  G.  P.  PILLAI,  B.A. 

Forty    Biographies,    with    Portraits. 

Short  Biographies  of  the  best  representatives  of  the  new  type  of  men  who  have 
been  brought  into  existence  in  India  since  the  growth  of  British  power  in  that  land. 
Statesmen  :  philanthropists  :  jurists  :  educationists  :  archaeologists  :  scholars  : 
religious,  social,  and  politica  Ireformers  :  journalists,  and  those  who  have  promoted 
industries. 


30 


IV.   THACKER   &-    CO.,   LONDON. 


DOMESTIC. 


vSecond  Edition     Crown  Svo.,  6s.  net.     Rs.  4.8. 

COW   KEEPING   IN   INDIA. 


By  ISA  TWEED. 

A  Simple  and  Practical  Book  on  their  Care  and  Treat- 
ment, their  various  Breeds,  and  the  means  of  rendering 

them  profitable. 

IP'ith  39  Illustrations  of  the  various  Breeds  of  Cattle, 

drawn  from  Photographs  by  R.  A.  Sterndale. 

Home  Ne2us.  ~"  By  the  aid  of  this  volume  anj'one 
of  ordinary  intelligence  and  industry  could  keep  cows 
certainly  with  advantage,  possibly  even  with  profit  to 
themselves." 

Madras  Mail. — "  A  most  useful  contribution  to  a 
\ery  important  subject,  and  we  can  strongly  recom- 
naend  it." 


Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  boards.     Rs.  2. 

COWS   IN    INDIA    AND    POULTRY. 

THEIR  CARE  AND  MANAGEMENT. 
By  Mrs,  JAMES. 

Civil  and  Military  Gazette. — "  A  simple  and  practical  book,  the  result  of  personal  obser- 
vation and  experience." 

Second  Edition.     Crown  Svo.,  6j.  net.     Rs.  4.8. 

POULTRY    KEEPING    IN    INDIA. 

^i  ,  ^  By  ISA  TWEED. 

\  Simple  and  Practical  Book  on  the  Care  and  Treat- 

uent  of  Poultry,  their  various  Breeds,  and  the  means 

of  rendering  them  profitable. 

Fully  Illustrated. 

Madras  Mail. — "  A  book  which  will  be  found  of 
;reat  use  by  all  those  who  keep  a  poultry-yard." 


Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  Si',  net.     Rs.  3.8. 

HANDBOOK  ON  DUCKS, 
GEESE,    TURKEYS, 

GUINEA-l-'OWLS, 
A-HENS,   PIGEONS,  ,. 


AND   RABBITS. 


By  ISA  TWEED. 

Fully  Illustrated. 

A  Simple  and  Practical  Book  on  their  Care 
and  Treatment,  their  various  Breeds,  and  the 
means  of  rendering  them  profitable. 


THACKER,   SPINK,    &-   CO.,    CALCUTTA. 


31 


Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  ^.f.  dd.  net.     Rs.  3. 

THE    INDIAN   COOKERY   BOOK. 

By   a  Thirty   Years' 
Resident* 

A  PRACTICAL  HAND- 
BOOK TO  THE  KITCHEN 
IN      INDIA,      ADAPTED 

TO    THE 

THREE  PRESIDENCIES. 

Containing  original  and  Approved 
Recipes  in  every  Department  ot 
Indian  Cookery — Recipes  for  Sum- 
mer Beverages  and  Home-made 
Liqueurs  —  Medicinal  and  other 
Recipes,  together  with  a  variety  ot 
things  worth  knowing. 


Pioneer. — "The    oldest   but    still 
the  best  cookery  book," 


Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo,,  boards,  -^s.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

BAKER    AND    COOK. 

A   DOMESTIC    MANUAL   FOR    INDIA. 
By  Mrs*  R*  TEMPLE  WRIGHT. 

Pioneer.—''  The  outcome  of  long  experience  and  many  patient  experiments." 
Englishman.—"  No  better  authority  on  matters  relating  to  the  Kitchen  and 
all  that  pertains  to  cuisine  is  to  be  found  than  Mrs.  Temple  Wright." 


ii 


Crown  8vo.,  paper  boards,  y.  net.     Rs.  2, 

WHAT"   AND   "HOW, 


ff 


WHAT     SHALL 


OK, 

WE     HAVE?     AND 
HOW^     SHALL     WE     HAVE     IT? 


By  Miss  E.  S.  POYNTER. 

This  book  does  not  aim  at  being  an  Instructor  in  the  Art  of  Cookery.  It  has 
been  written  to  meet  a  long  felt  need,  a  cheap  handbook,  giving  a  variety  of  dishes 
made  of  materials  readily  obtained  in  any  part  of  India. 


32  iV.    TH ACKER  &-   CO.,  LONDOh\ 

Third  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  600  pages,  js.  6d.  net.     Rs.  6. 

THE  MEMSAHIB'S 
BOOK    OF    COOKERY. 

By  CARRIE  CUTCREWE. 

Times  of  India. — "  It  contains  much  useful  information  and  cannot  fail  to  be 
of  assistance  to  all." 


i8mo.,  cloth,  3^.  net.     Rs.  2. 

THE    MEMSAHIB^S 
BOOK    OF    CAKES,    BISCUITS,    &c^ 

WITH  REMARKS  ON  OVENS,  A  HINDUSTANI 
VOCABULARY,  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES,  &c. 

By  CARRIE  CUTCREWE. 


Crown  8vo.,  paper  boards,  45.  net.     Rs.  3. 

SIMPLE    MENUS   AND    RECIPES. 

FOR  CAMP,  HOME,  AND  NURSERY. 
By  LUCY  CARNE* 

Containing  Menus  and  Recipes  for  Meals  in  Camp — Afternoon  Teas— Station 
Dinners — Meals  for  Children,  and  many  useful  Hints  for  Housewives  in  India. 

Long  i2mo.,  paper  boards,  y.  net.     Rs.  2. 

EVERYDAY   MENUS   FOR  INDIA. 

By  W.  S.  BURKE,  Editor  "  Indian  Field." 

These  Everyday  Menus  are  such  as  any  average  Native  Cook  can  undertake, 
and  have  been  selected  with  special  regard  to  the  moderate  purse. 

Contents, 

Every  Day  Menus  :  March  to  June,  July  to  October,  November  to  February — 
Kitchen  Calendar — Hot  and  Cold  Weather  Dinners— Special  Breakfasts  — 
Recipes. 


1  HACKER,  SPINK  &-    CO.,   CALCUTTA. 


3S 


BOTANIC. 


Fiftli  Edition. 


Imperial  i6mo. ,  cloth,  700  pages,  15,9.  net.     Rs.  10. 


A     MANUAL     OF     GARDENING 

FOR  BENGAL,  UPPER  AND  SOUTHERN  INDIA. 
By  Rev.  T.  A.  C.  FIRMINGER,  M.A. 

"With  Portrait  and  Biography, 

Thoroughly  revised  and  brought 
up  to  date  by  J.  Cameron,  F.L.S., 
Supt.   Mysore  Government  Gar- 
dens, Bangalore. 

CONTENTS: 

Part  I. 
Gardening  Operations. 
Chap.  I.   Climate — Soil — Manures. 
Chap.  II.  Laying  Out  a  Garden — Lawns 
— Hedges — Hoeing    and    Digging — 
Irrigation  —  Drainage  —  Conserva- 
tories— Betel  Houses — Decorations — 
Implements  —  Shades  —  Labels  — 
Vermin — Weeds. 
Chap.  III.  Seeds — Seed   Sowing  —  Pot 
Culture — Planting  and  Transplanting 
—  Cuttings — Layers  —  Gootee-Graft- 
ing  and  Arching — Budding — Pruning, 
and    Root-Pruning  —  Conveyance  — 
Calendar  of  Operations. 
Part  II. 
The  \"egetable  Garden. 
Part  III. 
The  Fruit  Garden  and  Fernery, 
Part  IV. 
The  Plower  Garden — Index. 
Indiaft  Field. — "  From  beginning  to  end  this  revision  of  the  Fifth  Edition  of 
an  old  popular  work  which  past  generations  have  regarded  as  a  vade  viecu7n,  teems 
with  the  minutest  instructions,  all  being  brought  up  to  date  by  the  reviser,  who  must 
have  devoted  an  enormous  amount  of  time,  labour  and  observation  to  the  compila- 
tion. .  .   .     Freely  embellished  with  woodcuts,  the  work  forms  a  regular  epitome 
for  the   student,    while  to  those   of  experience   the   copious   index   in  which   the 
botanical,  common  and  native  names  of  the  plants  are  given,  will  prove  of  ser\'ice 
as  a  ready  reference. 

Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  35.  (yd.  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

THE   AMATEUR    GARDENER    IN 


THE   HILLS. 


Hints  from  various  authorities  on  Garden  Management  adapted  to  the  Hills  ; 
also  a  few  Hints  on  Fowls,  Pigeons,  and  Rabbits,  and  various  Recipes  con- 
nected with  the  above  subjects  which  are  not  commonly  found  in  recipe  books. 

By  AN  AMATEUR. 


34 


IF.    THACKER 


CO.,  LONDON. 


Fourth  Edition.     Post  8vo.,  boards,  3^.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

FLOWERS  AND  GARDENS  IN  INDIA. 

A  MANUAL  FOR  BEGINNERS. 
By  Mrs.  R.  TEMPLE   WRIGHT. 

Civil  and  Military  Gazette.  —  "A  most  useful  little  book  which  we  cannot 
too  strongly  recommend.  We  can  recommend  it  to  our  readers  with  the  utmost 
confidence,  as  being  not  only  instructive,  but  extremely  interesting,  and  written  in 
a  delightfully  easy,  chatty  strain." 

Pioneer.  —  "  Very  practical  throughout.  There  could  not  be  better  advice  than 
this,  and  the  way  it  is  given  shows  the  enthusiasm  of  Mrs.  Temple  Wright." 


Imperial  i6mo. ,  cloth,   12s.  6d.     Rs.  9.6. 

A   HANDBOOK   TO 

THE   FERNS    OF   INDIA,   CEYLON, 
AND  THE  MALAY  PENINSULA. 

By  Colonel  R.  H.  BEDDOME,  F.S.I. 

(late  Conservator  of  Forests,  Madras). 

With  300  Illustrations. 

Nature.  —  "It  is  the  first  special  book 
of  portable  size  and  moderate  price  which 
has  been  devoted  to  Indian  Ferns,  and  is 
in  every  way  deserving  of  the  extensive 
circulation  it  is  sure  to  obtain." 

Indian  Daily  News. — "  I  have  just 
seen  a  new  work  on  Indian  Ferns  which 
will  prove  vastly  interesting,  not  only  to 
the  Indian  people,  but  to  the  botanist  of 
this  country." 

Gardeners'  Chronicle.— "  The  'Ferns 
of  India.'  This  is  a  good  book,  being  of 
a  useful  and  trustworthy  character.  The 
species  are  familiarly  described,  and  most 
of  them  illustrated  by  small  figures." 

Free  Press.  —  ' '  Those  interested  ni 
botany  will  do  well  to  procure  a  new  work 
on  the  'Ferns  of  British  India.'  The 
work  will  prove  a  first-class  text-book." 


'  Crown  8vo.,  paper,  3^-.  6d. 


Rs.  2.1: 


SUPPLEMENT    TO    THE 

FERNS   OF   INDIA,   CEYLON,   &c. 

By   Colonel  R.  BEDDOME,  F.I.S. 

•Containing  Ferns  which  have  been  discovered  since  the  publication  of  "  A  Hand- 
book to  the  Ferns  of  British  India." 


TH ACKER,  SPINK  &-  CO.,  CALCUTTA, 


35 


Demy    8vo.,    cloth    gilt,    700    pages,    15^-.    net.       Rs.   10. 

FLORA   SIMLENSIS. 

A    HANDBOOK    OF    THE     FLOWERING     PLANTS     OF    SIMLA 

AND   NEIGHBOURHOOD. 
By  the  late  CoL  Sir  HENRY  COLLETT,  K.C.B.,  FX.S.,  Bengal  Army, 


With  an  Introduction  by  W.  Botting  Hemsley,  F.R.S.,  F.L.S.,  of  the 
Royal  Gardens,  Kew  ;  and  200  Illustrations  in  the  text  drawn  by  Miss  M.  Smith, 
Artist  at  the  Herbarium,  Kew  Gardens  ;  and  a  Map. 

Royal  8vo.,  cloth,  800  pages,  yj.  td.  net.     Rs.  5. 

ROXBURGH'S    FLORA    INDICA. 

By  the  late  W,  ROXBURGH,  M.D.,  F.R.S.E,,  &c; 

BEING     A    COMPLETE     DESCRIPTION    OF     INDIAN    PLANTS". 

Reprinted  literatim  from  Cary^s  Edition  of  1832,  and  being  the  only 

complete  handbook  of  Indian  Plants  obtainable. 

Crown  8vo. ,  boards,   35.  6d.  net.     Rs.  3. 

FOOD   FOR   THE   TROPICS. 

This  Book  describes  the  Cereals,  Vegetables,  Root  Crops  and  Fruits,  usually 
cultivated  in  the  Tropics  for  domestic  use  ;  and  also  their  mode  of  preparation 
for  consumption. 

By   T.  M*  MACKNIGHT. 
Late  Tropical  Produce  Merchant,  North  Australia. 

Lancet. — "  This  is  a  valuable  book,  and,  as  Mr.  IMacknight  implies  in  his 
preface,  fills  a  gap.  .  .  .  The  book  is  a  useful  addition  to  the  cuisine  of  a  house- 
hold in  the  tropics." 

Canada  Lancet. — "  This  is  a  most  useful  and  instructive  little  work." 

Food  and  Cookery. —  "The  work  contains  a  fairly  full  description  of  native 
produce  suitable  for  food  in  tropical  climates,  which  should  prove  of  great  value  to 
students  of  cookery  and  others  who  may  be  interested  in  these  foods." 

D    2 


36 


H^.    TH ACKER  ^   CO.,  LONDON. 


ONOMIC. 


Demy   8vo.,   cloth,    300  pp.,    7s.   6d.   net.       Rs.   6. 

INDIAN    TEA: 


ITS    CULTURE    AND    MANUFACTURE. 

Being  a  Text-Book  on   the  Cultivation   and   Manufacture   of  Tea. 

By  CLAUD    BALD  {qf  Lebong  Tea  Company,  Ltd.). 

Illustrated  from  Photographs  and  Drawings. 


CONTENTS.— Cultivation — Drainage— Pruning — Extension — Tea  Seed — Prepara- 
tion of  Land  and  Planting — Roads — Landslips — Manuring— Renovation  of 
Deteriorated  Areas — Blights— Forestry — Manufacture — Plucking — Withering 
— Rolling — Fermentation — Firing  or  Drying — Sifting  and  Sorting — Packing — 
Quality  —  Green  Tea — Buildings  —  Machinery — Railways  and  Tramways — 
Accounts — The  Cooly — Appendix. 
Madras  Mail. — "As  a  record  of  the  experience  of  a  successful  planter  it  is  sure  of  a  wide 
circle  of  readers." 

Englishman. — "  It  is  fitted  to  become  from  the  date  of  publication  the  book  upon  tea 
cultivation  and  manufacture." 

Extract  of  Lettei-  from  a  leading  fi^-m  in  Calcutta, — We  have  found  it  verj'  interestins;, 
and  have  ordered  sev^eral  copies  for  the  use  of  our  various  assistants ;  and  it  only  requires  to 
become  better  known  to  be  more  widely  circulated." 

Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  5^-.  net.     Rs.  4. 

ON    INDIGO    MANUFACTURE. 

A  Practical  and  Theoretical  Guide  to  the  Production  of  the  Dye,  with  numerous, 
Illustrative  Experiments. 


By  J.  BRIDGES  LEE,  M»A.,  F^G.S, 


Pioneer. — "  Instructive  and  useful  alike  to  planter  and  proprietor, 
undoubtedly  valiMble  treatise  for  the  use  of  practical  planters." 


A  verj'  clear  and. 


THACKER,  SPINK  &-  CO.,   CALCUTTA, 


37 


MEDICAL   &   MATERIA   MEDIC  A 


Complete  in  One  Volume.     Royal  8vo.,  cloth,  720  pages,  25..  net.     Rs.  18. 

MEDICAL    JURISPRUDENCE 
FOR    INDIA, 

By  L  B,  LYON,  CLE.,  F.C.S,,  F.I.C,,  Brigade  Surgeon,  I.M.S. 

(late  Professor  of  Medical  Jurisprudence,  Grant  Medical  College,  Bombay). 

New  Edition,    Thoroughly  revised,  and  brought  up-to-date  by 

Lieut,-CoL  L,  A.  WADDELL,  M,B„  CJ.E.,  LL.a,  FX.S.,  I.M,S. 

Wiik  Numerotis  Illustrations, 

Contents— Part  I. 

Identification  of  the  Living  and  Dead  -  Examination  of  Living  Persons  — 
Exammation  of  the  Dead— Examination  of  Blood,  &c. 

Part  II. 

^''^%^l^''''^''^J]^^^^-^onnds,  Blows,  &c.-Asphyxial  Deaths- Burns  and 
Sex  S^Sf '?  ^T  ^^''",Tt'  °^  Temperature,  &c.-Death  from  Starvat  on- 
Sexual  Defects-Rape  and  Unnatural  Sexual  Offences-Pregnancy-Birth  in 
Relation  to  Civil  Law  (Legitimacy  and  Inheritance)-Foetidde  o^r  Criminal 
Abortion-Infanticide-Medical  Responsibility  and  Malpraxis. 

treafs''"''^'";J.7n!  ^^^.^./^^^^f  trustworthy  guide  to  the  subjects  of  which  it 
StnfrV;  •  new  edition   will  be   found   on  examination  to    merit  fully   the 

favourable  review  which  It  received  on  its  first  appearance." 


Fourth  Edition,  Revised      Being  the  Tenth  Edition  of  "  Goodeve's  Hints  for  the 
Management  of  Children  in  India." 

Crown  8vo.,   cloth,  10s.  6d.     Rs.  7.14. 

HINTS    FOR   THE    MANAGEMENT   AND 

MEDICAL    TREATMENT    OF    CHILDREN 

IN    INDIA. 

By  EDWARD  A.  BIRCH,  M.D. 

(late  Principal,   Medical  College,  Calcutta). 

*'Ffmf/^f!^^''-^'f''T''^'^.?^^^^''''  ^"  ^"  ^"^^^^  "PO"  this  work  and  Moore's 
..^K  K^^  Medicine  for  India,"  says  :  "  The  two  works  before  us  are  in  themselves 
?eade^r.^  T^^^i^'';  examples  of  medical  works  written  for  non^p  oSsfona 
expression!"       ^  '"   '""P^"'  ^"^  '^'  ^'^^  ""'   possible,  from  technical 

Pioneer.—''  It  is  a  book  which  ought  to  be  found  in  every  household." 
as  i'lfuT.^f^"'^  Gazette.-- li  has  become  more  and  more  valuable  and  useful 
as  \^ ell  to  the  anxious  mother  in  India  as  to  the  practitioner." 


38  W.   TRACKER  &*  CO.,  LONDON: 

Fcap.  8vo.,  with  diagrams,  cloth,  3^-,  6d.     Rs.  2.10. 

MEDICAL   HINTS   FOR    HOT  CLIMATES. 

AND  FOR  THOSE  OUT  OF  REACH   OF  PROFESSIONAL  AID. 
By  CHARLES  HEATON,  M.R.C.S. 

Hospital  Gazette. — "  We  can  recommend  this  book  to  those  who  are  in  the 
Colonies  as  a  useful,  handy  guide  to  health." 

i6mo.,  cloth,   IS.  6d.  net.      Re.   i. 

PRACTICAL   HINTS   ON   THE 
PRESERVATION    OF  HEALTH   IN  INDIA. 

By  Lieut.-CoL  G.  S.  A,  RANKING,  B.A.,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.,  LM.S. 

Pioneer. — "  Most  useful  and  practical." 

Madras  Mail. — "  Ranking's  Practical  Hints  will  come  as  a  boon  ;  and  there  is 
much  in  the  book  which  should  be  read  by  all. " 

Second  Edition,  with  Illustrations.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  6s.     Rs.  4.8. 

THE  CARLSBAD  TREATMENT 
FOR    TROPICAL    AND    DIGESTIVE   AILMENTS 

AND      HOW    TO     CARRY     IT     OUT    ANYWHERE. 

By    LOUIS    TARLETON   YOUNG,    M.D, 

Irish  Times. — "The  book  is  of  a  most  useful  nature,  and  inspires  confidence 
by  the  candour  and  fulness  of  its  information  and  points  of  guidance." 

Home  News. — "  The  book  contains  the  result  of  six  years'  practical  experience 
and  should  be  of  as  much  advantage  to  medical  men  as  to  sufferers." 

Crown  8vo. ,  cloth,  7,?.  dd.  net.     Rs.  5. 

INFANTS  : 

THEIR    AILMENTS    AND    MANAGEMENT    IN    INDIA. 
By  Major  D.  SIMPSON,  LM.S. 

Indian  Medical  Gazette. — "Will  be  read  with  interest  by  medical  men, 
though  mainly  intended  for  mothers." 

hidian  Medical  Gazette. — "  We  recommend  it  to  our  readers,  who  would  do 
no  harm  by  reading  it  themselves  and  much  good  by  recommending  it  to  their 
patients." 

Colofiel  Blandford,  I. M.S.  {Retired). — "An  excellent  and  useful  guide  to 
mothers  and  those  in  charge  of  infants.  .  .  .  Not  only  is  it  a  sound  work, 
but  the  advice  is  put  in  such  a  readable  form  that  it  appeals  directly  to  the 
mother." 


THACKER,  SPINK  ^  CO.,   CALCUTTA.  39 


Second  Edition.     Demy  8vo.,  cloth,  \os.  6d.  net,     Rs.  6. 

The  indigenous  DRUGS  of  INDIA 

SHORT  DESCRIPTIVE  NOTICES  OF  THE   PRINCIPAL 

MEDICINAL  PRODUCTS  MET  WITH  IN 

BRITISH  INDIA. 

By  RAI    BAHADUR   KANNY    LALL   DEY,  CLE. 

Indian  Daily  News.—"  It  shows  an  immense  amount  of  careful  work  upon 
the  part  of  the  compilers  ...  and  will  be  useful  to  students  and  to  that  very  large 
class  of  people  who  are  interested  in  developing  the  resources  of  the  country  ... 
above  all,  the  work  contains  a  really  good  index  of  4,000  references,  and  a  complete 
glossary  to  the  vernacular  names." 

En^iiskfnan.—"  His  work  is  a  compendium  of  forty  years*  experience,  and 
deserves  to  be  widely  popular  and  carefully  studied." 

Pharmaceutical  Journal.— "  .\  work  on  Indian  drugs  which  is  thoroughly 
up  to  date,  and  as  reliable  as  any  book  can  be  made,  even  with  the  help  ot 
experts."  ■ 

Demy  8vo.,  cloth,  8j.   6d.  net.     Rs.   6. 

MATERIA  MEDICA  FOR  INDIA. 

Giving  the  Official  Drugs  and  Preparations  according  to  the  British  Pharmacopoeia 

of  1898,  with  details  of  over  300  of  the  most  important  Indian  Drugs,  and  practical 

statements  of  their  Pharmacology,  Therapeutics,  and  Pharmacy. 

By  C.  F.  PONDER,  M.B.,  &  D.  HOOPER,  F.C.S.,  FX.S. 

Journal  of  Tropical  Medicitie.—''  We  commend  this  book  to  Students  of 
Medicine  in  India.  It  is  carefully  and  accurately  written,  and  the  descriptions  ol 
the  properties  of  drugs  can  be  readily  followed  and  understood. ' 

Third  Edition.      Fcap.  Svo.,  cloth.     Re,  1.8. 

BANTING    IN    INDIA. 

WITH  SOME  REMARKS  ON  DIET  AND  THINGS  IN  GENERAL. 

By  Sufgm-Li6ut.-CoL  JOSHUA  DUKE,  LM,S-  Retired, 

Crown  8vo.,  paper  boards.     Rs.  2. 

BANTING  UP-TO-DATE. 

By  the  Author  of   ''A  Bobbery  Pack  in  India/' 

Pioneer  — "  It  may  be  heartily  commended  to  all  who  really  want  to  improve 
health  and  figure  alike  Vjy  getting  rid  of  what  our  doctors  call  '  superfluous  adipose 
deposit '  and  our  horrid  friends  call  '  fat. 


40  IV.  THACKER  ^   CO.,  LONDON. 

Second  Edition  in  the  Press. 

A    MONOGRAPH    OF 

THE     ANOPHELES     MOSQUITOES 

OF  INDIA^ 

By  Capt.  S.  P.  JAMES,  M»B.  (LondO,  LM.S.,  and 

Capt^  W.  GLEN  LISTON,  LM.S. 

With  ij  Full-page  Coloured  Plates ,  64  Illustrations  in  Half-Tone  (on  /j  Plates), 
a  Map,  and  jo  Diagrams  and  Illustrations  in  the  Text, 

Contents : 

Part  I.— General:  A  General  account  of  Mosquitoes— The  Collection,  Mount- 
ing, Examination,  and  Identification  of '  'Anopheles"  Mosquitoes  and  their  Larvae. 
— The  Habits  of  Indian  "Anopheles  " — The  Classification  of  "  Anopheles." 

Part  II.— Systematic  :  Giving  a  Detailed  Description  of  the  Ten  different  Groups 
of  "  Anopheles"  Mosquitoes. 

Indian  Medical  G«S6'//^.  —  "  Will  be  of  the  greatest  value  and  interest  to  all 
who  are  working  at  the  subject  of  Mosquito  Malaria  .  .  .  the  most  valuable 
monograph  we  have  yet  seen  on  the  mosquitoes  of  India. 

Second  Edition.     Demy  8vo.,  cloth,  js.  6d.  net.     Rs.  6. 

MALARIAL   FEVER 
AND    MALARIAL    PARASITES 

IN  INDIA. 
By  Major  ANDREW  BUCHANAN,  I.M.S.,  M.D. 

(Offg.   Civil  Surgeon,  Nagpur,  C.   India), 

Profusely  Illustrated  zoith  Coloured  Plates  a?id  Charts, 

Indiati  Medical  Gazette. — "  It  is  a  book  that  should  be  introduced  into  every 
Medical  College  in  India,  and  it  is  of  especial  value  as  being  the  work  of  an  observer 
in  India  contending  with  the  same  difficulties  as  any  other  worker  in  India." 

i2mo.  boards.     Re.  i. 

AN    ELEMENTARY    MANUAL    OF 
MIDWIFERY. 

FOR   THE    USE   OF   INDIAN   MIDWIVES    IN    RECEIPT 

OF    SCHOLARSHIPS    FROM   THE   VICTORIA 

MEMORIAL   SCHOLARSHIP   FUND. 

By  C.  R  LUKIS,  M.B.,  F.R.C.S.,  Lt.-CoL,  LM.S. 

(Principal,  Agra  Medical  School). 


THACKER,  SPINK  &•  CO.,  CALCUTTA.  4, 

LANOLJAQES. 

Fourth  Edition,     Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  73.  6d.  net      Rs   6 

A  GUIDE  TO  HINDUSTANL 

Containing  Colloquial  Sentences  in  Persian  and  Roman  Character,  and 
in  English  ;  also  a  Series  of  Arzis  in  Urdu  written  character  with  their 
transliteration  in  Roman-Urdu,  and  English  translations       By  Geo    S 
Ranking,  B.A.,  M  p.,  Lieut.-Col.  I.M.S.,  Secretary  to  the  Board  of 
Examiners,  Fort  William. 

Demy  8vo. ,  cloth,  ^os.  net.     Rs.  20 

CONCISE  ENGLISH-HINDUSTANI  DICTIONARY. 

Containing  about  12,000  words  carefully  selected.  Compiled  accord- 
ing to  the  most  approved  modern  idiom  in  the  Persian  and  Roman 
characters.     By  G.  S.  A.  Ranking,  B.A.,  M.D. 

Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  65.  6d.  net.     Rs.  5. 

INTRODUCTORY  ^EXERCISES  IN  URDU  PROSE 

A  Collection  of  50  Exercises  with  Idiomatic  Phrases  and  Grammatical 
Notes,  accompanied  by  a  full  Vocabulary  and  Translation  of  each 
passage.     By  G.  S.  A.  Ranking,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Lieut.-Col.  I.M.S. 

Small  4to.,  boards,  6s.  net.     Rs.  6. 

SPECIMEN    PAPERS  (English  and  Vernacular). 

For  the  Lower  and   Higher  Standard    Examinations   in    Hindustani 
together   with  a   Resume   of  the  Regulation  for    these  Examinations! 
Compiled  by  G.  S.  A.  Ranking,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Lieut.-Col.  I.M.S. 

i6mo.,  cloth,  3J-.  net.     Rs.  2. 

A    POCKET    BOOK    OF   COLLOQUIAL   HINDU- 
STANL 

By  G.  S.  A.  Ranking,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Lieut.-Col.  I.M.S. 
In  two  parts,  each  6s.  net.      Rs.  4. 

ANNOTATED    GLOSSARY    TO    THE    BAGH-O- 
BAHAR^ 

By  Lieut  -Col.  Ranking,  M.D.,  I.M.S.  Containing  a  full  glossary  of 
the  words,  page  by  page,  in  the  Hindustani  and  Roman  Characters, 
forming  a  complete  Lexicon  to  the  book.  With  full  Grammatical  and 
Explanatory  Notes.  Part  I.— The  portion  prescribed  for  the  Lower 
Standard.  Part  II.— The  additional  portions  prescribed  for  the 
Higher  Standard. 

Third  Edition.     Revised.     Crown  Bvo.,  cloth,  6s.  net.     Rs.  4  8 

HINDUSTANI   AS  IT  OUGHT  TO  BE  SPOKEN* 

By  J.  TWEEDIE,  Bengal  Civil  Service. 

Supplement,  containing  Key  to  the  Exercises  and  Translation  of  the 

Reader,  with  Notes,  2s.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2. 


42 


W.   THACKER   cSr-    CO.,  LONDON. 


Royal  8vo.,  cloth,  -js.  6d.  net.     Rs.  6.8. 

Vocabulary. 

KEY  TO  ABOVE.      25.  net.     Rs.  1. 12. 

Crown  8vo.,   cloth  limp,  6i.     Rs.  5.  ,,^^  ^  ^.-- 

GRAMMAR  OF  THE  URDU    OR   HIND^^^ 

LANGUAGE  IN  ITS  ROMANIZED  CHAR- 
ACTER* 

Jn^  S:;.SSi'>5Jfr^co^™tc,iUo  those  .ho  Wish  .0  gain  a  .0. 
scientific  knowledge  of  Urdu  than  the  ordinary  primers  afford. 
Crown  8vo.,  cloth  limp,  65.      Rs.  5. 

ANGLO-URDU  MEDICAL  HANDBOOK. 

Or  Hindustani  Guide.     For  the  use  of  Medical  Practttioners  ^.ale 
and    female)    in    Northern   India.      By    Rev.   George    Small    IvLA 
With  the  aid  of  Surgeon-General  C.  R.  Francis,  M.B.,  and  of  Mrs. 

//.  J/X" -'•  Thist^dbook  should  prove  invaluable  for  use  in  schools  and 
colleges  where  surgeons,  missionaries,  and  nurses  are  bemg  framed  for  work  m 
the  East.  ^^^^^^  Edition.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth.     Rs.  2.8. 

COMMERCIAL  HINDUSTANI. 

A  Collection  of  Practical  Phrases  and  a  Vocabt.lary  of  Usefu  Terms  m 
every-day  use  in  business  circles.  English  and  Hmdustam.  By 
MuNSHi  Jvvala  Nath  Pandit. 

Second  Edition.     4to.,  cloth.      Rs.  6.  ^^^^ 

A  HANDBOOK  TO  THE  KAITHI  CHARACTER. 

By  G.  A.  GRIERSON,  CLE..  I.C.S.,  Ph.D.,  of  H.M   Indmn  QvU 
Service.    Witk  Lithograph  Facsimilies,  Transhterat.on  and  Translation. 
Crown  8vo.,  cloth,  gs.     Rs.  6.r2. 

THE  RUSSIAN  CONVERSATION  GRAMMAR. 

Bv  Alex  Kinloch.  late  Interpreter  to  H.B.M.  Consulate  and  British 
cLtuHn  the  Ru°Ln  Law  Courts  ;  Instructor  for  Official  Examrnations. 

This^JSu^ifco-n^I-rucSr'SrL  excellent   systen,  o.   Otto  in  his  ■■  German 

Conversation  Grammar,"  with  illustrations  accompanymg  every  rule. 

Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo. .  cloth,  9-^.     Rs.  ^'i^.  ^_j_ 

A    GRAMMAR    AND    VOCABULARY    OF    THE 
PUSHTU  LANGUAGE.  ,..,,,    ^ 

As  spoken  in  the  Trans-Indus  Territories  under  British  Rule,  6iC. 
BrGene-1  Sir  John  L.  Vaughan,  K.C.B  |ate  21st  Reg. ment, 
Bengal  Native  Infantry  ;   Commandant,  5th  Punjab  Infantry. 


TH ACKER,    SPINK  6-    CO.,    CALCUTTA.  43 


QVIDE    BOOKS. 


AGRA,  DELHI,  ALLAHABAD,  CAWNPORE,  LUCKNOy,  AND 
BENARES.  J3y  H.  G.  Keene,  C.S.  With  Maps  and  Plans.  In 
one  Fcap.  8vo.  volume,  Js.  6d.  net.     Rs.  5. 

AGRA.-HANDBOOK  TO  AGRA  AND  ITS  NEIGHBOURHOOD. 

By  H.  G.   Keene,   C.S.     Sixth   Edition,    Revised,  Maps,   1  lans,  &c, 
Fcap.  8vo.,  cloth,  y.  6(L  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

ALLAHABAD,  LUCKNOW,  CAWNTORE,  AND  BENARES  By 
A.  G.  Keene,  C.S.  Second  Edition.  Revised.  With  4  Maps 
and  a  Plan.     Fcap.  8vo.,  cloth,  3^.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

CACHAR  AND  SYLHET,  ROUTES  TO.  A  Map  Revised  and 
Corrected  from  the  Sheets  of  the  Indian  Atlas,  4  nules  =  \J!'^'^' 
Showing  Rail,  Road,  and  Steamer  Routes,  Tea  Gardens,  &c.  With  a 
Handbook.  By  James  Peter.  Four  Sheets,  folded  m  case,  Rs.  3. 
Mounted  on  linen,  in  one  Sheet,  folded  in  cloth  case,  book  form,  Rs.  6. 
Mounted  on  linen  and  rollers,  varnished,  Rs.  9. 

CALCUTTA— GUIDE  TO  CALCUTTA.  By  Edmund  Mitchell. 
Fcap.  8vo.,  sewed,  is.  6d.  net.     Re.  i. 

CALCUTTA  ILLUSTRATED.  A  Series  of  Photo  Reproductions  01 
upwards  of  30  Views  of  the  City,  including  the  Government  Offices, 
Public  Buildings,  Gardens,  Native  Temples,  Views  on  the  Hooghly, 
and  other  Places  of  Interest,  with  descriptive  Letterpress.  Oblong  4to., 
paper,  2s.  6d.  net.  ;  Rs.  4  ;  cloth,  4^-.  net.  ;   Rs.  5. 

CALCUTTA  ROYAL  BOTANIC  GARDEN,  A  GUIDE  TO 
THE  By  Sir  George  King,  M.B.,  LL.D.,  CLE.,  F.R.S.  With 
a  Map.     8vo.,  sewed,  is.  net.     As.  8. 

DARJEELING.- GUIDE  TO    DARJEELING  AND  ITS   l^IGH- 

BOURHOOD.  By  Edmund  Mitchell,  M.A.  Second  Edition. 
By  G.  Hutton  Taylor.  With  13  Illustrations  and  three  Maps. 
Fcap.  8vo.,  sewed,  y.  net.     Rs.  2. 

DELHI.-HANDBOOK  TO  DELHI  AND  ITS  NEIGHBOURHOOD. 

ByH  G  Keene,  C.S.  Sixth  Edition.  Revised  and  brought  up  to 
date  by  E.  A.  Duncan.     Fcap.  8vo.,  cloth.  {Nearly  ready. 

INDIA.-GUIDE   TO    INDIA   AND    INDIAN    HOTELS.      By  G 

Hutton  Taylor.  With  90  Half-tone  Illustrations  of  celebrated 
places  from  Photographs.  Coloured  Map  of  India.  Crown  8vo.,  stiff 
wrapper,  is.  6d.  net.       Rs.  2. 

KASHMIR    AND    JAMMO.-A    GUIDE    FOR   VISITORS    TO 

KASHMIR  AND  JAMMO.  By  Lieut-Col.  Duke,  I. M.S.  Second 
Edition.  Being  the  Sixth  Edition  of  Ince's  Handbook,  enlarged  and 
brought  up  to  date.  With  Map  of  Kashmir  and  Plans.  Fcap  8vo., 
cloth,  lOJ.  6d.  net,     Rs.  8. 


-44  ^-    THACKER   &-    CO.,    LONDON. 

KASHMIR,  A  TRIP  TO.  By  James  Arbuthnot.  With  64  Illus- 
trations.    Crown  4to.,  cloth,  gilt,  lOj.  dd.  net.     Rs.  8. 

KASHMIR  AND  IJUMMU,  ROUTES  IN.  A  Tabulated  Description 
of  over  Eighty  Routes,  showing  Distance,  Marches,  Natural  Character- 
istics, Altitudes,  Nature  of  Supplies,  Transport,  etc.  By  Major- 
General  Marquis  de  Bourbel.  Royal  8vo.,  cloth,  *js.  6d.  net. 
Rs.  6. 

KASHMIR  EN  FAMILLE.  A  Narrative  of  the  Experiences  of  a  Lady 
with  Children  ;  with  useful  Hints  as  to  how  the  Journey  may  be 
comfortably  made.  By  M.  C.  B.  With  a  Preface  by  Major  E.  A. 
Burrows.     12  mo.,  cloth,  3^.  net.     Rs.  2. 

KASHMIR.— THACKER^S  MAP  OF  JUMMOO  AND  KASHMIR. 

Prepared  to  Illustrate  Duke's  Kashmir  Handbook.  16  miles  =:  i  inch. 
On  Sheet  unmounted,  Rs.  2.  Mounted  on  Linen  and  folded  in  book 
form,  4J.  6d.  net.     Rs.  3. 

^VIASURI.-GUIDE  TO  MASURI,  LANDAUR,  DEHRA  DUN 
AND  THE  HILLS  NORTH  OF  DEHRA,  including  Routes 
to  the  Snows  and  other  places  of  note ;  wdth  chapter  on  Garhwal 
(Tehri),  Hardwar,  Rurki  and  Chakrata.  By  John  Northam.  Fcap. 
8vo.,  cloth,  3J-.  6d.  net.     Rs.  2.8. 

PINDARI  GLACIER,  TOUR  TO  THE.  By  Major  St.  John  Gore. 
With  Map.     Crown  8vo.,  sewed,  4^-.  6d.  net.      Rs.  3. 

SIMLA. -GUIDE    TO    SIMLA     AND     ROUTES     INTO    THE 

INTERIOR.  Based  on  Towelle's  Handbook  and  Guide  to  Simla. 
Revised  with  Map  of  Station  and  Index  to  all  Houses ;  also  Map  of 
Hill  States.      i2mo,,  cloth,  6^.  net.     Rs,  4. 

SIMLA.— HILLS  BEYOND  SIMLA.  Three  Months'  Tour  from  Simla, 
through  Bussahir,  Kunowar,  and  Spiti  to  Lahoul.  ('*In  the  Footsteps 
of  the  Few.")  By  Mrs.  J.  C.  Murray-Aynsley.  Crown  8vo.,  cloth, 
4^.  6d.  net.    Rs.  3. 

SIMLA  ILLUSTRATED.  A  Series  of  21  Photographic  Views  of  the 
Summer  Capital  of  India.  Oblong  4to.,  paper,  ^s.  6d.  net.  ;  Rs.  2.8  ; 
cloth,  5J.  net.    Rs.  3.8. 

SIMLA.— THACKER^S  MAP  OF  SIMLA.  6  inches  =  i  mile.  Showing 
every  house.     Folded  in  Wrapper,  \s.  6d.  net.     Re.   I. 

SIMLA  TO  SHIPKI  IN  CHINESE  THIBET.  An  Itinerary  of 
the  Roads  and  various  minor  Routes,  with  a  few  Hints  to  Travellers, 
and  Sketch  Map.  By  Major  W.  F.  GoRDON-FoRBES,  Rifle  Brigade. 
Fcap.  8vo.,  cloth,  3>$'.  net.     Rs.  2. 

Itineraries. — bimla  to  Shipki,  "  Charling  "  Pass,  "  Saharan  to 
Narkunda,"  Forest  Road,  Simla  to  the  "  Chor,"  Pool  to  Dankar, 
Chini  to  Landour,  and  the  "  Shalle." 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  HISTORY  OF  ISLAMIC  CIVILI- 
SATION. By  S.  Khuda  Bukhsh,  M.A.,  B.C.L.,  including  a 
translation  of  Von  Kremer's  "Culturgeschichtliche  Steifzuge."  Demy 
8vo.,  15J.  net.     Rs.  10. 


THACK'ER,  SPINK  &-    CO.,    CALCUTTA.  45 


NEW  BOOKS  AND  NEW  EDITIONS  IN  PREPARATinN. 

CANARY  KEEPING  IN  INDIA.  By  Isa  Tweed,  Author  of  "  Poultry 
k«pmg  m  India,"  "Cowkeeping  in  India,"  and  "Handbook  on 
Uucks,  Geese,  Turkeys,  Guinea-Fowl,"  etc.     Crown  8vo. 

ENTERIC    FEVER.      By    Major    A.   E.   Roberts,    M.B      I  M  S 

Imperial  8vo,  ' 

THE  PEOPLE  OF  INDIA.     By  H.  H.  Risley,  C.I.E,,  C  S  I    I  c  S 
Illustrated.     Royal  8vo,  '  '' 

A  HISTORY  OF  FREEMASONRY  IN  BENGAL.  By  Andrew 
U  CRUZ.     Revised  and,  for  the  greater  part,  re-written  by  Walter 

GUIDE   TO    CALCUTTA.     Profusely  Illustrated.     By  the  Rev   W   K 

FiRMINGER. 

THE  INDIAN  LAW  EXAMINATION  MANUAL.  By  Kendall 
Dem^'svo"    ^'"""'"'^  '""'  Barrister-at-Law.     Fifth  Edition,  revised. 

^™  a^tll  ^'^  CONCESSIONS.     By  E.  H.  Monnier,  B.A.,  Barrister- 

ASEPTIC    SURGERY.      By  Captain   E.  A.  R.  Newman,    I  M  S 
Crown  8vo.  '      •^*^-'^* 

THE  JOURNM,  OF  TROPICAL  VETERINARY  SCIENCE.     A 

Quarterly  Review.     Annual  Subscription:  India,  Rs.  ,2.8;    Foreign, 

"^^  mnTA^^b  ^^JUNCTIONS  AND  RECEIVERS  IN  BRITISH 

INDIA  ;  being  the  Tagore  Law  Lectures,  ,897.  By  John  George 
WooDRorEEBarrister.at.Law  and  Advocate  of  the  High  Courfa' 
Calcutta.     Vol.1.  The  Law  of  Injunctions.     Royal  8vo.,  cloth. 

™^  A^'^T   ?r    TRANSFER    IN    BRITISH    INDIA,    being    an 
Analytical  Commentary  on  the  Transfer  of  Property  Act  (Act  IV.  of 
1882   as  anaended   up  to   ,904).      By  H.   S.  GouR,   M.A.,   I>C  L 
LL.D.,  Barr.ster-at-Law.     Vol.  11.  is  now  ready.  .      •    •    •, 


46  W.    TH ACKER   6-    CO.,    LONDON. 

In  thick  royal  8vo.,  half  leather,  2100  pp.,  36^-.  net.     Rs.  25. 

TRACKER'S  INDIAN  DIRECTORY. 

Official,  Legal,  Educational,  Professional,  and  Commercial. 

BRITISH    INDIA    and    BURMA,  and    the    NATIVE 
STATES  of  INDIA, 

WITH  COMPLETE  AND  DETAILED  INFORMATION  OF  THE  CITIES  OF 

CALCUTTA,   MADRAS,   BOMBAY,   ALLAHABAD,   LAHORE, 
SIMLA,  AND  RANGOON,  &c, 

Ahiianac  and  General  Information,  Holidays,  &c..  Household  Tables,  Stamp 

Duties,  Customs  Tariff,  Tonnage  Schedules  ;  Post  Offices  in  India,  forming  a 

Gazetteer  ;  Orders  of  the  Star  of  India,    Indian  Empire,   &c.  ;    Warrant  of 

Precedence,  Table  of  Salutes,  &c.,  &c. 

Detailed   and   Classified  Lists   of   all   Commercial   and  Trading   Firms, 
Railways,  Municipalities,  Harbour  Trusts,  &c. 

Complete  Army   List.  Directory    of   the    Chief    Industries 

Civil  Service   List  for  all   India.  of  India,  vv'ith  Five  Special  Maps. 

Railway    Directory.  List  of  Clubs  in  India. 

Newspaper  and  Periodical   Directory.  Alphabetical    List    of    Residents, 

Conveyance   Directory.  European  and  Native. 

A  List  of  British  and  Foreign  Manufacturers  with  their  Indian  Agents. 

With  Railway  Map  of  India.     Two  large  plans  of  Calcutta,  with  houses  in 

principal  streets  numbered,  and  references  to  Offices  and  Public  Buildings. 

Maps  of  Calcutta  and  Environs ;  Bombay  and  Environs  ;  Madras  and  Environs. 

Five  ^laps  of  the  Products  of  India, 


Royal  8vG  ,  boards,  330  pp.,  9-v.  net.     Rs.  7.8. 

TRACKER'S   DIRECTORY  OF  THE 
CHIEF   INDUSTRIES   OF   INDIA. 

Tea,  indigo,  Coffee  Concerns,  Cotton  Mills,  Jute  Mills,  Jute  Presses, 
Colleries,  Mines,  Sugar  Factories,  Rice  Mills,  Flour  Mills,  Paper  Mills,  Dis- 
tilleries, Breweries,  Carpet  Manufactories,  Dairies,  Fruit  Gardens,  Saw  Mills, 
«Scc.,  &c.,  with  their  Capital,  Directors,  Proprietors,  Agents,  Managers,  Details 
of  Acreage,  Extent  of  Mills,  Trade  Marks,  &c.,  «Scc.— including 

A  SEPARATE  DIRECTORY  OF  ESTATES  IN   CEYLON. 

Coloured  Map  of  TEA  DISTRICTS  of  INDIA :  Assam,  Cachar,  Sylhet, 
Darjeeling,  the  Dooars,  Dehra,  Kumaon,  Hazaribagh,  Chittagong,  Nilgiris, 
Trav^ncore,  Ceylon.  Five  Coloured  Maps  of  PRODUCTS  of  INDIA.— 
Indigo,  Coffee,  Sugar,  Wheat,  Rice,  Cotton,  Jute,  Coal,  Iron,  Oil,  Distribu- 
tion of  principal  Trees,  Cultivated  and  Uncultivated  Areas. 


INDEX. 


Agra,  Handbook 

■ Delhi,  &c..  Guide     . 

Aitken.     Tribes  on  my  Frontier 

Behind  the  Bungalow     . 

Naturalist  on  the  Prowl 

All,  Amir.     Ethics  of  Islam 
Aliph  Cheem.     Lays  of  Ind 
Allahabad,  Lucknow,  &c.,  Guide 
Allen.     Transport    . 
Amateur  Gardener  in  the  Hills  . 
Arbuthnot.     A  Trip  to  Kashmir 
Bald.     Indian  Tea   . 
Banting  Up-to-date  . 

in  India 

Beddome.     Handbook  to  Ferns 

and  Suppt. 
Bhattacharya.     Hindu  Castes     . 
Birch.      Management    of 

Children   .... 
Bonarjee.  FightingRaces  of  India 
Bose.     Hindoos  as  they  are 
Boulger.     History  of  China 
Brunker.     Fortification 
Buchanan.     Malarial  Fever 
Buck.     Simla  :  Past  and  Present 
Bukhsh.     Contributions    to    the 
History  of  Islamic  Civilisation 
Burke.     Every-day  Menus 
Burrows.     Kashmir  En  Famille 
Busteed.         Echoes    from     Old 
Calcutta 

Serampore  Portrait     . 

C--  Major.     Horse  Notes  . 

Dog  Notes 

Cachar  and  Sylhet,  Guide 
Calcutta  Guide 

■ Illustrated  . 

Past  and  Present 

Royal  Botanic  Gardens 

Came.  Simple  Menus  and  Recipes 
Clowes'  Naval  Pocket  Book 
Collett.     Flora  Simlensis  . 
Commercial  Hindustani     . 
Currie.    The  Indian  Law  Exam- 
ination Manual 

Curzon.  Indian  Speeches,  1898- 
1901  .... 

Cutcrewe.  Memsahib's  Book  of 
Cookery    .... 

Cakes 

D'Cruz.       A    History   of    Free- 
masonry in  Bengal 
Darjeeling,  Guide     . 
De  Bourbel.    Routes  in  Kashmir 


I'AGE 

43 
43 
15 
16 

15 

29 

17 
43 

22 

33 
43 
36 
39 
39 

34 
29 

Z7 
23 
29 
26 
22 
40 
27 

44 
32 
44 

24 
24 
10 
II 

43 
43 
43 
25 
43 


Impor- 


CAGE 

43 

17 
39 
II 

39 
44 

8 

8 

8- 

8 

45 

33 

44 

44 

45 
42 


Delhi,  Handbook     . 
Dewar.     Animals  of  no 

tance         .... 
Day.    Indigenous  Drugs  of  India 
Dogs  in  India,  "  Kader  " 
Duke.     Banting  in  India  . 

Kashmir  Guide 

Finn.     Birds  of  Calcutta   . 

Garden  and  Aviary  Birds 

Indian  Ducks 

Indian  Waders 

Firminger.     Guide  to  Calcutta  . 

Manual  of  Gardening 

Gordon-Forbes.  Simla  to  Shipki 
Gore.  Tour  to  the  Pindari  Glacier 
Gour.     The  Law  of  Transfer  in 

British  India 
Grierson.     Kaithi  Character 
Hayes    and    Shaw.      Dogs    for 

Hot  Climates     .  .  .11 

Heaton.     Medical  Hints   .  .      38 

Hill.  Life  of  Claud  Martin  ,  23 
Hints  to  Young  Shikaris    .  .        5 

Hyde.     Parish  of  Bengal,  1678- 

1788  ....     23 

India  in  1983  .  .  .  .17 

Indian  Cookery  Book         ,  •     31 

Horse  Notes  .  .      10 

Hotels  Guide         .  .     43 

Notes  about  Dogs  .      1 1 

Tea      .  .  .  .36 

Jackson.  A  Jaunt  in  Japan  .  25 
James.     Anopheles  Mosquito     .     40 

Cows    in    India    and 

Poultry     .  .  .  .30 

Jane.  Blake  of  the  Rattlesnake  20 
Imperial  Russian  Na\'y  .      20 

Imperial  Japanese  Navy       19 

Torpedo  in  Peace  and  War    20 

"Kader."  Dogs  in  India  .  ii 
Kashmir  En  Famille  .  .  44 
•    and  Jammo,  Guide  to    .     43 

Routes  in    ,  .  -44 

A  Trip  to    .  .  .44 

Map   .  .  .  .44 

Kecne.    Handbook  to  Agra        .     43 

Handbook  to  Delhi       .     43 

• Handbook  to  Allahabad     43 

King.     Guide  to  Royal  Botanic 

Garden      .  .  .  "43 

Kinloch      Large  Game  Shooting       2 

Russian  Grammar      .     42 

Lays  of  Ind      .  .  .  .17 

Lee.     On  Indigo  Manufacture   .      36 


48 


INDEX. 


PAGE     I 

Le  Mesurier.     The  Game,  Shore  ! 

and  Water  Birds  of  India    .  7 

Lukis.     Elementary  Midwifery  .  40   ; 

Lyon.     Medical  Jurisprudence   .  37   | 
Mackay.       Twenty-one  Days  in  I 

India         .  .  .  .  16   ; 

Macfarlane.        Hartly      House,  j 

Calcutta   .  .  .  .  23   I 

Macknight.    P^ood  for  the  Tropics  35 

Management  of  Dogs  in  India   .  1 1 

'Martin.     Life  of  Claud      .  .  23 

Transport  of  Horses    .  22 

Maunder.     Astronomy      .  .14 

Masuri,  Guide  to       .  .  -44 

Memsahih's  Book  of  Cakes          .  32 

Cookery  Book       .  32 

Mitchell.     Guide  to  Calcutta     .  43 

Monnier.   TheXaw  of  Concessions  45 

Mookerjee,  Onoocool  Chunder  .  17 
Moore.      Guide  to  Examination 

of  Horses  .  .  .10 

Murray-Aynsley.      Hills  beyond 

Simla        .  .  .  •     44 

Newman.  Aseptic  Surgery  .  45 
Northam.  Guide  to  Masuri  .  44 
Nunn.  Stable  Management  .  10 
O'Donoghue.  Riding  for  Ladies  9 
Onoocool  Chunder  Mookerjee  .  17 
Peter.  Routes  to  Cachar  and  Sylhet  43 
Philipps.       Issue   of    Orders   in 

the  Field  .  .  .  .22 

Phil  May  Folio  ...  13 
Pillai.  Representative  Indians  29 
Pindari  Glacier,  Tour  to    .  -44 

Polo,  Station   .  .  .  .10 

Ponder.  Indian  Materia  Medica  39 
Poynter.  "  What"  and  "How"  31 
Pandit  Commercial  Hindustani  .  42 
Ranking.    Preservation  of  Health    38 

Glossary  .  .  .41 

■    Urdu  Prose       .  .     41 

Guide  to  Hindustani        41 

Specimen  Papers        .     41 

Pocket  Book  of  Collo- 
quial Hindustani     .     41 
Concise  English  Hin- 
dustani Dictionaxy  .     41 
Risley.     Ethnology  .  .  .26 

The  People  of  India     .     45 

Roberts.     Enteric  Fever   .  .      45 

Roxburgh.     Flora  Indica  .  .     35 

Russell.     Bullet  and  Shot  .       3 

Sandberg.  Exploration  of  Tibet  26 
Shad  well.     Fortification    .  .21 


Shad  well.  Notes  on  Military  Law 
Shaw  and  Hayes.    Dogs  for  Hot 

Climates   .  .  *  . 

Sherston.     North- West  Frontier 

Warfare    . 
Simla,  Guide  to 

Map  of 

Illustrated 

to  Shipki 

Hills  beyond 

Simpson.     Infants    . 
Small.     Urdu  Grammar    . 
Anglo  -  Urdu     Medical 

Handbook 
Sportsman's  Manual 
Station  Polo    .  .  .  , 

Sterndale.     Mammalia  of  India 

Seonee  . 

Denizens  of  the  Jungl 

Stewart.     Station  Polo 


PAGE 

2r 


Taylor. 


Guide  to  Darjeeling 
Guide  to  India   . 


Temple- Wright.  Baker  and  Cook 

— ■ Flowers     and 

Gardens 
Thacker.     Guide  to  Simla 

Indian  Directory 

Directory      of     Chief 

Industries  in  India 
Map  of  Jummoo  and 

Kashmir 
The  Journal  of  Tropical  Veterin 

ary  Science 
Thomas.     Rod  in  India     . 
Tweed.   Canary-Keeping  in  India 

Cow-keeping  in  India 

■    Poultry-keeping  in  India 

Ducks,  Geese,  &c. 

Tweedie.  Hindustani,  and  Key 
Tyacke.  Sportsman's  Manual 
Useful  Hints  to  Young  Shikaries 
Vaughan.  Pushto  Grammar 
Walker.  Angling  . 
Ward.     Sportsman's     (ruide    to 

Kashmir    .... 
Wheeler.       Tales     from    indian 

History     . 
Whyte-Melville.     Works  of 
Wilkins.     Hindu  Mythology 

Modern  Hinduism 

Woodrofte.     The  Lawof  Injunc 

tions  and  Receivers  in  British 

India  .      . 
Young.     Carlsbad  Treatment 


45 
38 


V^)ster  FamHy  Ubr^^'  ^>MeHnafy  M@Mm 
Cummings  Schc  ■  "^f  Medicine  at 

200  .J 

North  Graiitia,j\;4A  U1636